-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, UqrJqTRUamG7DccdQSYcyH2RjEw2XNtdRsQj2InJJyVT4ouefuLC+KdaLLmJ/L7a YlSgb+EjQbmk6wi9BQNArA== 0000950134-04-005839.txt : 20040426 0000950134-04-005839.hdr.sgml : 20040426 20040423194049 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950134-04-005839 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-4/A PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 7 FILED AS OF DATE: 20040426 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: COMMERCIAL METALS CO CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000022444 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: STEEL WORKS, BLAST FURNACES ROLLING MILLS (COKE OVENS) [3312] IRS NUMBER: 750725338 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0831 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-4/A SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-112243 FILM NUMBER: 04752376 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 6565 N. MACARTHUR BLVD., SUITE 800 STREET 2: P O BOX 1046 CITY: IRVING STATE: TX ZIP: 75039 BUSINESS PHONE: 2146894300 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 6565 N. MACARTHUR BLVD., SUITE 800 STREET 2: PO BOX 1046 CITY: IRVING STATE: TX ZIP: 75039 S-4/A 1 d12154a1sv4za.htm AMENDMENT TO FORM S-4 sv4za
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2004

Registration No. 333-112243


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 1
to
Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Commercial Metals Company
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  5051
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  75-0725338
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     



6565 N. MacArthur Blvd., Suite 800
Irving, Texas 75039
(214) 689-4300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
  David M. Sudbury
Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
6565 N. MacArthur Blvd., Suite 800
Irving, Texas 75039
(214) 689-4300

(Name and address, including zip code, and telephone
number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies of communications to:
William R. Hays, III
Wm. S. Kleinman
Haynes and Boone, LLP
901 Main Street, Suite 3100
Dallas, Texas 75202
(214) 651-5000


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o              

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o              


      The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not exchange these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 26, 2004

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Commercial Metals Company

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$200,000,000 principal amount of its 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013
which have been registered under the Securities Act,
for any and all of its outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013


  The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on 2004, unless we extend the offer.
 
  We will exchange all outstanding notes, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “old notes,” that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of new notes that are registered under the Securities Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “new notes.”
 
  The exchange offer is not subject to any conditions other than that it not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.
 
  You may withdraw tenders of old notes at any time before the exchange offer expires.
 
  The exchange of notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
 
  The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the old notes, except for transfer restrictions, registration rights and the circumstances for the payment of additional interest relating to the old notes.
 
  You may tender old notes only in denominations of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000.
 
  Our affiliates may not participate in the exchange offer.
 
  No public market exists for the old notes. We do not intend to list the new notes on any securities exchange and, therefore, no active public market is anticipated.

Please refer to “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus
for a description of the risks you should consider before investing in the new notes.

     We are not making this exchange offer in any state where it is not permitted.


Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the new notes or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


The date of this prospectus is   , 2004.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

     This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. This information is available without charge to you upon written or oral request. If you would like a copy of any of this information, please submit your request to Commercial Metals Company, 6565 N. MacArthur, Suite 800, Irving, Texas 75039, Attn: Corporate Secretary or call (214) 689-4300 and ask to speak to our Corporate Secretary. In addition, to obtain timely delivery of any information you request, you must submit your request no later than    , 2004, which is five business days before the date the exchange offer expires.

     Each broker-dealer that receives new notes pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. If the broker-dealer acquired the old notes as a result of market making or other trading activities, such broker-dealer may be a statutory underwriter and may use this prospectus for the exchange offer, as supplemented or amended, in connection with the resale of the new notes.

ii


Table of Contents

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference contain “forward-looking statements” with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and business, and our expectations or beliefs concerning future events, including net earnings, product pricing and demand, production rates, energy expense, freight expense, interest rates, inventory levels, acquisitions and general market conditions. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by phrases such as we or our management “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans to,” “ought,” “could,” “will,” “should,” “likely,” “appears,” “projects,” “forecasts” or other similar words or phrases. There is inherent risk and uncertainty in any forward-looking statements. Variances will occur and some could be materially different from our current opinion. Developments that could impact our expectations include the following:

  interest rate changes;
 
  construction activity;
 
 
  difficulties or delays in the execution of construction contracts resulting in cost overruns or contract disputes;
 
  metals pricing over which we exert little influence;
 
  increased capacity and product availability from competing steel minimills and other steel suppliers including import quantities and pricing;
 
 
  industry consolidation or changes in production capacity or utilization;
 
  global factors including military uncertainties;
 
  credit availability;
 
  currency fluctuations;
 
  scrap, energy, and freight prices;
 
  decisions by governments impacting the level of steel imports; and
 
  the pace of overall economic activity, particularly China.

     See the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of these risks and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. In addition, see our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2003, as amended, and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2004. These factors and the other risk factors described in this prospectus are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. Consequently, we cannot assure you that the actual results or developments we anticipate will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, we caution prospective investors not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

iii


Table of Contents

MARKET DATA

     Market data used throughout this prospectus, including information relating to, and our relative position in, the industries we operate in, are based on the good faith estimates of management, which estimates are based upon their review of internal surveys, independent industry publications, reports or studies commissioned by companies in our industry (including us or our competitors) and other publicly available information. Although we believe that these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified this information.

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The following summary highlights selected information about this exchange offer. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of this exchange offer, we encourage you to read this entire document and the documents we incorporate by reference into this prospectus. Unless indicated otherwise, the term “notes” refers to both the old notes and the new notes.

Our Company

     We manufacture, recycle, market and distribute steel and metal products and related materials and services through a network of locations located throughout the United States and internationally. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, steel products represented over 60% of our net sales. We consider our business to be organized into five business segments: domestic mills, CMC Zawiercie (acquired December 2003), fabrication, recycling, and marketing and distribution. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, we derived approximately 34% of our adjusted operating profit from our domestic mills segment, approximately 1% of our adjusted operating profit from our fabrication segment, approximately 27% of our adjusted operating profit from our recycling segment and approximately 38% of our adjusted operating profit from our marketing and distribution segment. See Note J, Business Segments, to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three month period ended February 29, 2004, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, for a reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to net earnings.

     We were incorporated in 1946 in the State of Delaware. Our predecessor company, a secondary metals recycling business, has existed since approximately 1915. We maintain our executive offices at 6565 N. MacArthur Boulevard, Suite 800, Irving, Texas 75039, telephone (214) 689-4300. Our fiscal year ends August 31 and all references to years in this prospectus refer to the fiscal year ended August 31 of that year unless otherwise noted.

1


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer

     
The Exchange Offer
  We are offering to exchange the new notes for the old notes that are properly tendered and accepted. You may tender old notes only in denominations of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000. We will issue the new notes on or promptly after the exchange offer expires. As of the date of this prospectus, $200,000,000 principal amount of old notes is outstanding.
 
   
Expiration Date
  The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on        , 2004, unless extended, in which case the expiration date will mean the latest date and time to which we extend the exchange offer; provided, however, that the maximum period of time during which the exchange offer, including any extension thereof, may be in effect will not exceed 45 days.
 
   
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
  The exchange offer is not subject to any condition other than that it not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC. The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.
 
   
Procedures for Tendering
Old Notes
  If you wish to tender your old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit to JP Morgan Chase Bank, as exchange agent, on or before the expiration date, either:
         
    a computer generated message transmitted through The Depository Trust Company’s automated tender offer program system and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal; or
 
       
    a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, which accompanies this prospectus, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, together with your old notes (which may be delivered by book-entry transfer through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company) and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent at its address listed in this prospectus and on the front cover of the letter of transmittal.
     
  If you cannot satisfy either of these procedures on a timely basis, then you should comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. By executing the letter of transmittal, you will make the representations to us described under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering.”
 
   
Special Procedures for
Beneficial Owners
  If you are a beneficial owner whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your old notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must either (1) make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name or (2) obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder

2


Table of Contents

     
  before completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your old notes.
 
   
Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures
  If you wish to tender your old notes and time will not permit the documents required by the letter of transmittal to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, you must tender your old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in this prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”
 
   
Acceptance of the Old Notes and Delivery of the New Notes
  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions before the expiration of the exchange offer, we will accept for exchange any and all old notes which are validly tendered in the exchange offer and not withdrawn before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on the expiration date. We will deliver the new notes on or promptly after the expiration date.
 
   
Withdrawal Rights
  You may withdraw the tender of your old notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on the expiration date, by complying with the procedures for withdrawal described in this prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders.”
 
   
Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations
  The exchange of notes will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. For a discussion of material federal tax considerations relating to the exchange of notes, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
   
Exchange Agent
  JP Morgan Chase Bank, the trustee under the indenture governing the old notes and the new notes, is serving as the exchange agent.
 
   
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
  If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided in the old notes and in the indenture governing the old notes. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not currently plan to register the resale of the old notes under the Securities Act.
 
   
Registration Rights
Agreement
  We issued $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes on November 12, 2003 to Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, ABN AMRO Incorporated and Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc, the initial purchasers. Simultaneously with the sale of the old notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement that provides for, among other things, this exchange offer. You are entitled to exchange your old notes for new notes with substantially identical terms. This exchange offer satisfies that right. After the exchange offer is completed, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your old notes.

3


Table of Contents

The New Notes

     The summary below describes the principal terms of the new notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms of the new notes.

     The form and terms of the new notes are the same as the form and terms of the old notes, except that the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the new notes will not generally be subject to the transfer restrictions, registration rights and provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate applicable to the old notes. The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes and will be governed by the same indenture as the old notes.

     
Issuer
  Commercial Metals Company.
 
   
Notes
  $200,000,000 of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013.
 
   
Maturity
  November 15, 2013.
 
   
Ranking
  The notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness and senior to all our existing and future subordinated debt. The notes rank junior to any of our secured debt to the extent of the assets securing such debt. In addition, the notes are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our subsidiaries, including trade payables, because our subsidiaries have not guaranteed the notes. As of February 29, 2004, the total amount of our outstanding indebtedness was $419 million, of which approximately $60 million was owed by our subsidiaries. Commercial Metals Company is the obligor for approximately $159 million of indebtedness which is equal in right of payment (pari passu) with the notes.
 
   
Interest Payment Dates
  May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning May 15, 2004.
 
   
Sinking Fund
  None.
 
   
Optional Redemption
  We may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the redemption price described under the heading “Description of Notes-Optional Redemption.”
 
   
Additional Issuances
  We may from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the holders of any series of notes issued under the indenture, create and issue additional notes ranking equally and ratably with the notes of those series.
 
   
DTC Eligibility
  The new notes will be issued in book-entry form and will be represented by one or more permanent global certificates deposited with a custodian for and registered in the name of a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in New York, New York. Beneficial interests in any such securities will be shown on, and transfers will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its direct and indirect participants. Any such interest may not be exchanged for certificated securities, except in limited circumstances. See “Description of Notes—Book-Entry System.”
 
   
Use of Proceeds
  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

4


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

     We urge you to read the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 8 of this prospectus so that you understand the risks associated with an investment in the new notes.

5


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data

     The summary income statement data and balance sheet data presented below are for the six months ended February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003 and for the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999 and as of February 29, 2004 and August 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999. The per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend on our common stock effective June 28, 2002. In 2002, as reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2002, as amended, we restated the financial statements. The following information should be read in conjunction with the section “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
                                                         
                    Year Ended
    Six Months Ended
  August 31,
    February   February                    
    29, 2004
  28, 2003
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions, except per share data)
Income Statement Data:
                                                       
Net sales
  $ 1,898     $ 1,297     $ 2,876     $ 2,480     $ 2,470     $ 2,661     $ 2,251  
Cost of goods sold
    1,677       1,168       2,587       2,162       2,173       2,334       1,949  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    152       114       244       236       223       229       207  
Interest expense
    12       7       15       19       28       27       20  
Loss on reacquisition of debt
    3                                      
Litigation accrual
                            8              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Earnings before income taxes and minority interest
    54       8       30       63       38       71       75  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Minority interest
    1                                      
Income taxes
    19       3       11       22       14       26       28  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net earnings
  $ 34     $ 5     $ 19     $ 41     $ 24     $ 45     $ 47  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 1.19     $ 0.18     $ 0.67     $ 1.48     $ 0.91     $ 1.59     $ 1.62  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 1.15     $ 0.18     $ 0.66     $ 1.43     $ 0.90     $ 1.56     $ 1.61  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Cash dividends per common share
  $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.32     $ 0.275     $ 0.26     $ 0.26     $ 0.26  
                                                         
                    Year Ended
    Six Months Ended
  August 31,
    February   February                    
    29, 2004
  28, 2003
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
                    (in millions, except ratios)                
Other Financial Data:
                                                       
EBITDA (1)
  $ 99.0     $ 45.5     $ 106.9     $ 143.4     $ 133.3     $ 164.6     $ 146.5  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)
    4.79       1.94       2.57       3.77       2.19       3.25       3.60  
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense
    8.3       6.4       7.0       7.7       4.8       6.0       7.5  
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA(3)
    2.1       2.8       2.5       1.8       2.0       2.2       2.0  
                                                 
    February 29,
  August 31,
    2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions)
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 59.1     $ 75.1     $ 124.4     $ 56.0     $ 20.1     $ 44.7  
Total assets
  $ 1,673.2     $ 1,275.4     $ 1,230.1     $ 1,081.9     $ 1,170.1     $ 1,079.1  
Long-term debt
  $ 362.9     $ 255.0     $ 256.0     $ 251.6     $ 261.9     $ 265.6  
Total debt
  $ 419.4     $ 270.6     $ 256.6     $ 265.7     $ 363.2     $ 289.8  
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 558.3     $ 506.9     $ 501.3     $ 433.1     $ 418.8     $ 418.3  

6


Table of Contents

(1) We have included a financial statement measure in the table above that was not derived in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). We use earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) as a non-GAAP performance measure. In calculating EBITDA, we exclude our largest recurring non-cash charge, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA provides a core operational performance measurement that compares results without the need to adjust for federal, state and local taxes which have considerable variation between domestic jurisdictions. Tax regulations in international operations add additional complexity. Also, we exclude interest cost in our calculation of EBITDA. The results are therefore without consideration of financing alternatives of capital employed. We use EBITDA as one guideline to assess our unlevered performance return on our investments. EBITDA is also the target benchmark for our long-term performance plan for management. Reconciliations to net earnings are provided below (in millions):
                                                         
                    Year Ended
    Six Months Ended
  August 31,
    February   February                    
    29, 2004
  28, 2003
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
                    (in millions)                        
Net earnings
  $ 33.8     $ 5.1     $ 18.9     $ 40.5     $ 23.8     $ 44.6     $ 47.0  
Interest expense
    12.0       7.1       15.3       18.7       27.6       27.3       19.6  
Income taxes
    19.3       3.0       11.5       22.6       14.6       26.1       27.8  
Depreciation and amortization
    33.9       30.3       61.2       61.6       67.3       66.6       52.1  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
EBITDA
  $ 99.0     $ 45.5     $ 106.9     $ 143.4     $ 133.3     $ 164.6     $ 146.5  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

(2) For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represents earnings before income taxes, interest expense, interest imputed on rent and amortization of capitalized interest. Fixed charges include interest expense, interest capitalized and the portion of operating rental expense that management believes is representative of the appropriate interest component of rent expense.

(3) EBITDA for the six months ended February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003 has been annualized for purposes of calculating the ratio. These results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the entire year.

7


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

     There are many risks that may affect your investment in the new notes, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus and the documents we have incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes and schedules. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially adversely affected and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Our industry is affected by cyclical and regional factors.

     Many of our products are commodities subject to cyclical fluctuations in supply and demand in metal consuming industries. Periods of economic slowdown or a recession in the United States, or the public perception that a slowdown or recession may occur, could decrease the demand for our products, lowering our volume, pricing, and profitability. Our overall financial results will be dependent substantially upon the extent to which conditions in both the United States and global economies improve. A slower than expected recovery or another recession will further reduce our financial results. Our geographic concentration in the southern and southwestern United States as well as areas of Europe, Australia and China exposes us to the local market conditions in these regions. Economic downturns in these areas or decisions by governments that have an impact on the level and pace of overall economic activity could decrease our sales and profitability.

     Our business supports cyclical industries such as commercial and residential construction, energy, service center, petrochemical and original equipment manufacturing. These industries experience significant fluctuations in demand for our products based on economic conditions, energy prices, consumer demand and decisions by governments to fund infrastructure projects such as highways, schools, energy plants and airports. Many of these factors are beyond our control. As a result of the volatility in the industries we serve, we may have difficulty increasing or maintaining our level of sales or profitability. If the industries we serve suffer a prolonged downturn, then our business will suffer.

     Our industry is characterized by low backlogs, which means that our results of operations are promptly affected by short-term economic fluctuations.

Excess capacity in our industry lowers prices and margins.

     Global steel-making capacity exceeds global demand for steel products. In many foreign countries steel production greatly exceeds domestic demand and these countries must export substantial amounts of steel in order to maintain high employment and production levels. Accordingly, steel manufacturers in these countries have traditionally exported steel at prices that are significantly below their home market prices. The high level of imports into the United States over the last few years has severely depressed domestic steel prices. Furthermore, this vast supply of imports can decrease the sensitivity of domestic steel prices to increases in demand. This surge of low priced imports, coupled with increases in the cost of ferrous scrap and the rise in energy prices, has resulted in an erosion of our gross margins.

Compliance with and changes in various environmental requirements and environmental risks applicable to our industry may lower our results of operations and weaken our financial condition.

     Existing laws or regulations, as currently interpreted or reinterpreted in the future, or future laws or regulations, may have a material negative effect on our results of operations and weaken our financial

8


Table of Contents

condition. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations is a significant factor in our business. We are subject to local, state, federal and international environmental laws and regulations concerning, among other matters, waste disposal, air emissions, waste and storm water effluent and disposal and employee health. Our manufacturing and recycling operations produce significant amounts of by-products, some of which are handled as industrial waste or hazardous waste. For example, our mini-mills generate electric arc furnace dust, or EAF dust, which the United States Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, and other regulatory authorities classify as hazardous waste. EAF dust requires special handling, recycling or disposal.

     In addition, the primary feed materials for the eight shredders operated by our scrap metal recycling facilities are automobile hulks and obsolete household appliances. Approximately 20% of the weight of an automobile hulk consists of unrecyclable material known as shredder fluff. After the segregation of ferrous and saleable non-ferrous metals, shredder fluff remains. Federal and state environmental regulations require shredder fluff to pass a toxic leaching test to avoid classification as a hazardous waste. We endeavor to remove hazardous contaminants from the feed material prior to shredding. As a result, we believe the shredder fluff we generate is not hazardous waste. If the laws, regulations or testing methods change with regard to EAF dust or shredder fluff, we may incur additional significant expenditures.

     Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, legal requirements are changing frequently and are subject to interpretation. New laws, regulations and changing interpretations by regulatory authorities, together with uncertainty regarding adequate pollution control levels, testing and sampling procedures, new pollution control technology and cost benefit analysis based on market conditions are all factors that may increase our future expenditures to comply with environmental requirements. Accordingly, we are unable to predict the ultimate cost of future compliance with these requirements or their effect on our operations. We may not be able to pass these costs on to customers through product price increases.

     We may also be required to clean up additional sites than we already are or take certain remediation action with regard to sites formerly used in connection with our operations. We may be required to pay for a portion of the costs of clean up or remediation at sites we never owned or on which we never operated if we are found to have arranged for treatment or disposal of hazardous substances on the sites.

In light of President Bush’s decision to rescind duties and tariffs, steel imports into the U.S. may again rise or domestic prices may fall, which would decrease our sales, margins and profitability.

     In recent history, the United States has been an importer of steel products. From 1987 until 1998, less than 20% of the domestic supply was imported. However, with the cumulative effect of various economic crises, including economic weakness in Asia, Russia and Latin America, foreign producers have looked to the United States as the country with the healthiest economy, the strongest currency and as the buyer of first resort. In addition, foreign governments that own steel production facilities have sought to increase output. Consequently, commencing in 1997 foreign steel products began to flood the domestic market. As a result, imports accounted for approximately 26% of domestic steel consumption in 1998 and remained above 20% through 2002.

     In 2000, our mini-mills joined other steel manufacturers in an antidumping petition filed with the United States International Trade Commission, called the ITC. The ITC determined that there was a reasonable indication of material or threatened injury to U.S. rebar manufacturers, such as us, due to unfairly priced imports of rebar from several foreign countries. In the spring of 2001, the U.S. Department of Commerce determined that dumping of rebar from eight countries had occurred, and the ITC reached a final determination that dumped imports were causing material injury to our industry. As a result, penalty

9


Table of Contents

duties, initially ranging from 17% to 232%, were imposed. Although adjusted annually as a result of review investigations by the Department of Commerce, dumping duties are normally in effect for five years and may be extended if, after five years, the ITC determines that removal of the duties would lead to a recurrence of injury. We benefit from these duties. If these duties are subsequently modified or reduced by the Department of Commerce, our sales, margins and profitability may decrease.

     In 2001, President Bush instituted an investigation under Section 201 of the Trade Act of 1974 to determine if increased imports of selected steel products into the United States were an actual or threatened cause of serious injury to domestic manufacturers of steel products. The ITC, in October 2001, found that U.S. steel producers had been seriously injured by these imports and, in December 2001, recommended remedies to President Bush. In March 2002, President Bush announced three-year “safeguard” tariffs that cover the majority of our mini-mills’ products, ranging from 15% to 30% for the first year and declining over the next two years. Excluded from the tariffs were imports from Mexico and Canada as well as imports from developing countries identified by the World Trade Organization. These tariffs, which were applied in addition to the antidumping duties, were further strengthened by an import licensing and monitoring system and an anti-surge mechanism that have been implemented to monitor foreign trade activities in the applicable products.

     We benefited from President Bush’s decision. However, several foreign governments appealed President Bush’s decision to the World Trade Organization. In response, the World Trade Organization ruled against these tariffs. The United States government further appealed this adverse ruling; however, the World Trade Organization ruled against the U.S. appeal in November 2003. On December 4, 2003, President Bush rescinded the steel safeguard tariffs effective immediately. The rescission of the steel safeguard tariffs could result in a resurgence of steel imports, even though the antidumping duties on imports of rebar from several countries imposed by the ITC in 2001 were not changed by this decision. A surge in imports would put downward pressure on steel prices, which would have a negative impact on our sales, margins and profitability.

Risks Related to Our Company

Fluctuations in the value of the United States dollar and weakness in foreign economies may cause trade flows to change, lowering our volume of business and decreasing profitability.

     Fluctuations in the value of the dollar can be expected to affect our business. The U.S. dollar, when strong, makes imported metal products less expensive, resulting in more imports of steel products into the U.S. by our foreign competitors. Weakness in foreign economies compared to the U.S., such as Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America, may increase competition from foreign producers. Economic difficulties in these regions may result in lower local demand for steel products and may encourage greater steel exports to the U.S. at depressed prices. As a result, those of our products that are made in the U.S., may become relatively more expensive as compared to imported steel, which has had and in the future could have a negative impact on our sales, revenues and profitability.

     The U.S. dollar, when strong, hampers our international marketing and distribution business. Weak local currencies limit the amount of U.S. dollar denominated products that we can import for our international operations and limits our ability to be competitive against local producers selling in local currencies.

10


Table of Contents

Scrap and other supplies for our businesses are subject to significant price fluctuations, which may restrict our margin and lower profitability.

     We depend on obsolete steel and non-ferrous metals, called scrap, and other supplies for our businesses. Although the scrap and other supplies may be sufficient to meet our future needs, the prices of scrap and other supplies have historically fluctuated greatly. Our profitability will be lowered if we are unable to pass on higher material costs to our customers. We may not be able to adjust our product prices, especially in the short-term, to recover the costs of increases in material prices.

     For example, we depend on the ready availability of scrap as feedstock for our mini-mills. Although we believe that the supply of scrap is adequate to meet future needs, the price of scrap has historically been subject to significant fluctuation. Also, the raw material used in manufacturing copper tubing is copper scrap, supplemented occasionally by virgin copper ingot. Copper scrap has generally been readily available, and a small portion of our copper scrap comes from our metal recycling yards. However, copper scrap is subject to rapid price fluctuations related to the price and supply of virgin copper. Price increases for high quality copper scrap could lower our margins. Finally, our Arkansas mill does not have melting capacity, so it is dependent on an adequate supply of competitively priced used rail. The availability of used rail fluctuates with the pace of railroad abandonments, rail replacement by railroads and demand for used rail from domestic and foreign rail rerolling mills. Price increases for used rail could squeeze our margin and lower our profitability.

We may have difficulty competing with companies that have a lower cost structure than ours.

     We compete with regional, national and foreign manufacturers and traders. Some of these competitors are larger, have greater financial resources and more diverse businesses than us. Some of our foreign competitors may be able to pursue business opportunities without regard for the laws and regulations with which we must comply, such as environmental regulations. These companies may have a lower cost structure, more operating flexibility and consequently they may be able to offer better prices and more services than we can. We may not be able to compete successfully with these companies.

     Furthermore, over the past few years, many integrated domestic steel producers and secondary metal recyclers have entered bankruptcy proceedings. While in bankruptcy proceedings, these companies can forgo certain costs, giving them a competitive advantage. The companies that reorganize and emerge from bankruptcy often have more competitive capital cost structures. In addition, asset sales by these companies during the reorganization process tend to be at depressed prices, which enable the purchasers to acquire greater capacity at lower cost.

Our steel mini-mill business requires continuous capital investments that we may not be able to sustain.

     We must make regular substantial capital investments in our steel mini-mills to lower production costs and remain competitive. We cannot be certain that we will have sufficient internally generated cash or acceptable external financing to make necessary substantial capital expenditures in the future. The availability of external financing depends on many factors outside of our control, including capital market conditions and the overall performance of the economy. If funding is insufficient, we may be unable to develop or enhance our mini-mills, take advantage of business opportunities and respond to competitive pressures.

11


Table of Contents

Our mini-mills consume large amounts of electricity and natural gas, and shortages or increases in the price of electricity and natural gas could interrupt our production, increase our cost of production and lower our profitability.

     The successful operation of our mini-mills depends on an uninterrupted supply of electricity. Accordingly, we are at risk in the event of an energy disruption. The electricity industry recently has been affected by shortages and price volatility in regions outside of the locations of our mini-mills. Prolonged black-outs or brown-outs would substantially disrupt our production. Any such disruptions would lower our operating results. Electricity prices can be volatile and increases would negatively impact the costs and margin of our mini-mills.

     Supply of natural gas depends primarily upon the worldwide number of natural gas wells being drilled, completed and re-worked and the depth and drilling conditions of these wells. The level of these activities is primarily dependent on current and anticipated natural gas prices. Many factors, such as the supply and demand for natural gas, general economic conditions, political instability or armed conflict in worldwide natural gas producing regions and global weather patterns affect these prices.

     We purchase most of our electricity and natural gas requirements in local markets for relatively short periods of time. As a result, fluctuations in energy prices can be a significant benefit or detriment on the costs of operating our mini-mills.

Unexpected equipment failures may lead to production curtailments or shutdowns.

     Interruptions in our production capabilities will increase our production costs, lower steel available for sales and decrease earnings for the affected period. In addition to equipment failures, our facilities are also subject to the risk of catastrophic loss due to unanticipated events such as fires, explosions or violent weather conditions. Our manufacturing processes are dependent upon critical pieces of steel-making equipment, such as our furnaces, continuous casters and rolling equipment, as well as electrical equipment, such as transformers, and this equipment may, on occasion, be out of service as a result of unanticipated failures. We may in the future experience material plant shutdowns or periods of reduced production as a result of such equipment failures.

The availability of insurance coverage and increased cost may lower profitability and increase business risk.

     After the events of September 11, 2001, several high profile corporate bankruptcies and the downturn in the investment markets, insurance companies tightened coverages and dramatically increased premium costs. Many insurers no longer offer certain coverages and the remaining carriers have in many instances reduced the liability they are willing to insure while raising the cost. Our profitability could be decreased when we renew our insurance policies due to the additional insurance expense as well as the greater exposure to risk caused by reduced coverage.

Hedging transactions may limit our potential gains or expose us to loss.

     Our product lines and worldwide operations expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange, commodity prices and interest rates. As part of our risk management program, we use financial instruments, including commodity futures or forwards, foreign currency exchange forward contracts and interest rate swaps. While intended to reduce the effects of the fluctuations, these transactions may limit our potential gains or expose us to loss.

12


Table of Contents

     We enter into foreign currency exchange forwards as economic hedges of trade commitments or anticipated commitments denominated in currencies other than the functional currency, to mitigate the effects of changes in currency rates. Although we do not enter into these instruments for trading purposes or speculation, and although our management believes all of these instruments are economically effective as hedges of underlying physical transactions, these foreign exchange commitments are dependent on timely performance by our counterparties. Their failure to perform could result in our having to close these hedges without the anticipated underlying transaction and could result in losses if foreign currency exchange rates have changed.

Rising interest rates may increase our borrowing costs and dampen economic activity resulting in lower sales, margins and profitability.

     Our short-term financing sources include primarily the commercial paper market, the sale of certain of our accounts receivable and borrowings from banks. If interest rates rise, our cost of short-term borrowing will increase and lower our profitability. Higher interest rates may also dampen some of the markets for our products, such as housing and commercial construction, resulting in a lower level of sales, margins and profitability.

We are involved and may in the future become involved in various environmental matters that may result in fines, penalties or judgments being assessed against us or liability imposed upon us which we cannot presently estimate or reasonably foresee and which may have a material impact on our earnings and cash flows.

     Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, called CERCLA, or similar state statutes, we may have obligations to conduct investigation and remediation activities associated with alleged releases of hazardous substances or to reimburse the EPA (or state agencies as applicable) for such activities and to pay for natural resource damages associated with alleged releases. We have been named a potentially responsible party at fourteen federal and state Superfund sites because the EPA or an equivalent state agency contends that we and other potentially responsible scrap metal suppliers are liable for the cleanup of those sites as a result of having sold scrap metal to unrelated manufacturers for recycling as a raw material in the manufacture of new products. We are involved in litigation or administrative proceedings with regard to several of these sites in which we are contesting, or at the appropriate time may contest, our liability at the sites. In addition, we have received information requests with regard to other sites which may be under consideration by the EPA as potential CERCLA sites.

     Although we are unable to estimate precisely the ultimate dollar amount of exposure to loss in connection with various environmental matters or the effect on our consolidated financial position, we make accruals as warranted. Due to inherent uncertainties, including evolving remediation technology, changing regulations, possible third-party contributions, the inherent shortcomings of the estimation process, the uncertainties involved in litigation and other factors, the amounts we accrue could vary significantly from the amounts we ultimately are required to pay.

An inability to fully and effectively integrate acquisitions, including the Huta Zawiercie S.A. and Lofland Company acquisitions, could result in increased costs while diverting management’s attention from our core operations, and we may not realize their full benefits or successfully manage our combined company, and future acquisitions may result in dilutive equity issuances or increases in debt.

     On December 3, 2003, our subsidiary Commercial Metals (International) AG purchased 71.1% of the shares of Huta Zawiercie S.A. (“CMCZ”), the third largest producer of steel in Poland, from Impexmetal S.A. of Warsaw, Poland. We used approximately $48.1 million of the net proceeds (net of cash received)

13


Table of Contents

from the offering of the old notes to fund this acquisition. We also assumed approximately $45.7 million in debt in connection with the acquisition. On December 23, 2003, we acquired 100% of the stock of Lofland Acquisition, Inc. (Lofland), the sole stockholder of the Lofland Company and subsidiaries, which operate steel reinforcing bar fabrication and construction-related products sales facilities from 11 locations in Texas, Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, New Mexico and Mississippi. We used approximately $48.8 million of the net proceeds of the old notes to fund this acquisition. Also, as part of our ongoing business strategy we regularly evaluate and may pursue acquisitions of and investments in complementary companies. We may not be able to fully or successfully integrate any pending or future acquisitions in a timely manner or at all. If we are unable to successfully integrate acquisitions, we may incur costs and delays or other operational, technical or financial problems. In addition, management’s attention may be diverted from core operations which could harm our ability to timely meet the needs of our customers and damage our relationships with those customers. To finance future acquisitions, we may need to raise funds either by issuing equity securities or incurring or assuming debt. If we incur additional debt, the related interest expense may significantly reduce our profitability.

We are subject to litigation which could lower our profitability and weaken our financial condition.

     We are involved in various litigation matters, including regulatory proceedings, administrative proceedings, governmental investigations, environmental matters and construction contract disputes. The nature of our operations also expose us to possible litigation claims in the future. Although we make every effort to avoid litigation, these matters are not totally within our control. We will contest these matters vigorously and have made insurance claims where appropriate. However, these matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and profitability. Litigation is very costly, and the costs associated with prosecuting and defending litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and profitability. Although we are unable to estimate precisely the ultimate dollar amount of exposure to loss in connection with litigation matters, we make accruals as warranted. However, the amounts that we accrue could vary significantly from the amounts we actually pay, due to inherent uncertainties and the inherent shortcomings of the estimation process, the uncertainties involved in litigation and other factors.

We depend on our senior management team and the loss of any member could disrupt our operations.

     Our success is dependent on the management and leadership skills of our senior management team, including Stanley A. Rabin, our chairman of the board. If we lose any of these individuals or fail to attract and retain equally qualified personnel, then we may not be able to implement our business strategy. We have not entered into employment agreements with any of our senior management personnel other than Murray R. McClean, president of our marketing and distribution division.

Some of our customers may default on the debts they owe to us.

          Economic conditions are not consistent in all the markets we serve. Some segments are still weak, and our customers may struggle to meet their obligations, especially if a significant customer of theirs defaults. We recorded a $5.2 million provision in fiscal 2003 for losses on receivables due to weakness in the domestic and global economies, which increased our allowance for collection losses to $9.3 million. Other factors such as management and accounting irregularities have forced some companies into bankruptcy. A weak economic recovery and corporate failures could result in higher bad debt costs.

14


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We have substantial debt and have the ability to incur additional debt. The principal and interest payment obligations of our debt may restrict our future operations and impair our ability to meet our obligations under the new notes.

          As of February 29, 2004, we had approximately $419 million of outstanding indebtedness. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Contractual Obligations” set forth under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information regarding our debt obligations. The indenture governing the new notes will permit us to incur additional debt. See “Description of Notes.”

          The amount of our debt may have important consequences to you. For instance, it could:

  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including those relating to the new notes;
 
  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of interest and principal due under our debt, including the new notes, which will reduce funds available for other business purposes;
 
  increase the risk of a ratings downgrade, increasing our cost of financing and limiting our access to capital markets;
 
  increase the risk of a default of certain loan covenants, restricting our use of cash and financing alternatives;
 
  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;
 
  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared with some of our competitors that have less debt; and
 
  limit our ability to obtain additional financing required to fund working capital and capital expenditures, mergers and acquisitions and for other general corporate purposes.

     Our ability to satisfy our obligations and to reduce our total debt depends on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow, and future financings may not be available to provide sufficient net proceeds, to meet these obligations or to successfully execute our business strategy.

Credit ratings affect our ability to obtain financing and the cost of such financing.

     Credit ratings affect our ability to obtain financing and the cost of such financing. Our commercial paper program is ranked in the second highest category by Moody’s Investors Service (P-2) and Standard & Poor’s Corporation (A-2). Our senior unsecured debt is investment grade rated by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (BBB) and Moody’s Investors Service (Baa2). On November 5, 2003, Moody’s Investors

15


Table of Contents

Service downgraded our debt from Baa1 to Baa2 but changed its outlook from negative to stable. In determining our credit ratings, the rating agencies consider a number of both quantitative and qualitative factors. These factors include earnings, fixed charges such as interest, cash flows, total debt outstanding, off balance sheet obligations and other commitments, total capitalization and various ratios calculated from these factors. The rating agencies also consider predictability of cash flows, business strategy, industry conditions and contingencies. Lower ratings on our commercial paper program or our senior unsecured debt could impair our ability to obtain additional financing and will increase the cost of the financing that we do obtain.

The agreements governing the new notes and our other debt contain financial covenants and impose restrictions on our business.

     The indenture governing our 7.20% notes due 2005, 6.80% notes due 2007, 6.75% notes due 2009 and the old notes contains restrictions on our ability to create liens, sell assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and consolidate or merge. The new notes will be issued under the same indenture and will also be subject to these covenants. In addition, our credit facility contains covenants that place restrictions on our ability to, among other things:

  create liens;
 
  enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
  sell assets;
 
  in the case of some of our subsidiaries, guarantee debt; and
 
  consolidate or merge.

     Our credit facility also requires us to meet certain financial tests and maintain certain financial ratios, including a maximum debt to capitalization and interest coverage ratios. Other agreements that we may enter into in the future may contain covenants imposing significant restrictions on our business that are similar to, or in addition to, the covenants under our existing agreements. These restrictions may affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise.

     Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. The breach of any of these restrictions could result in a default under the indenture governing the new notes or under our other debt agreements. An event of default under our debt agreements would permit some of our lenders to declare all amounts borrowed from them to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we were unable to repay debt to our secured lenders, these lenders could proceed against the collateral securing that debt. In addition, acceleration of our other indebtedness may cause us to be unable to make interest payments on the new notes.

Risks Related to the New Notes

The new notes will be effectively subordinated to our secured debt.

     Our obligations under the new notes are unsecured. As a result, the new notes will be effectively subordinated to any secured debt to the extent of the collateral securing that debt. As of February 29,

16


Table of Contents

2004, we had approximately $50 million of secured debt outstanding and our short term credit facilities were unsecured. We may in the future issue additional secured debt. If we are not able to repay amounts due under the terms of the secured debt, the holders of the secured debt could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness. In that event, any proceeds received upon a realization of the collateral securing that indebtedness would be applied first to amounts due under the terms of the secured debt before any proceeds would be available to make payments on the new notes. If we default under any secured debt, the value of the collateral on the secured debt may not be sufficient to repay both the holders of the secured debt and the holders of the new notes.

We depend in part on our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations, including payments on the new notes.

     Although Commercial Metals Company is an operating company, a substantial part of its assets consists of the capital stock or other equity interests of its subsidiaries. As a result, we depend in part on the earnings of our subsidiaries and the availability of their cash flows to us, or upon loans, advances or other payments made by these entities to us to service our debt obligations, including the new notes. The ability of these entities to pay dividends or make other payments or advances to us will depend upon their operating results and will be subject to restrictions under agreements to which we are a party and applicable laws.

     Our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us to make scheduled payments on our debt, including the new notes, will depend on our and their future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside of our control. If we and our subsidiaries do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, including payments on the new notes, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. However, we may not be able to refinance our debt on favorable terms, if at all, or on terms that would be permitted under our various debt instruments then in effect, and we may not be able to sell assets, or, even if we are able to sell assets, the terms of the sales may not be favorable to us and may not sufficiently reduce the amount of our debt obligations. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms, would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on our ability to satisfy our obligations on the new notes. The cash flows of our operating subsidiaries and the amount that is available to us, together with our cash flows, may not be adequate for us to service our debt obligations, including the new notes.

The new notes will be structurally subordinated to the debt and liabilities of our subsidiaries.

     The new notes will not be guaranteed by our subsidiaries. Payments on the new notes are required to be made only by Commercial Metals Company. We may not have direct access to the assets of our subsidiaries unless those assets are transferred by dividend or otherwise to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us is subject to various restrictions, including restrictions under other agreements and under applicable law. As a result, the new notes will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries. As of February 29, 2004, the total amount of our outstanding indebtedness was $419 million, of which approximately $60 million was owed by our subsidiaries.

17


Table of Contents

There is no public market for the new notes, and we cannot be sure that a market for the new notes will develop.

     The new notes are a new issue of securities for which there is no active trading market. If any of the new notes are traded, they may trade at a discount from the initial offering price of the old notes if the liquidity of the trading market in the new notes is limited. In addition, the liquidity of the trading market in the new notes and the market prices quoted for the new notes may be affected by changes in the overall market for debt securities.

Volatile trading prices may require you to hold the new notes for an indefinite period of time.

     If a market develops for the new notes, they might trade at prices higher or lower than the initial offering price of the old notes. The trading price would depend on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, general economic conditions and our financial condition, performance and prospects. Historically, the market for debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial fluctuations in the prices of these securities. The market for the new notes may be subject to such fluctuations, which could have a downward effect on the price of the new notes. You should be aware that you may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the new notes for an indefinite period of time.

18


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

     We issued $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes on November 12, 2003 to Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, ABN AMRO Incorporated and Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc, the initial purchasers, pursuant to a purchase agreement. The initial purchasers subsequently sold the old notes to “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, in reliance on Rule 144A. As a condition to the sale of the old notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers on November 12, 2003. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we agreed that we would:

     (1) file an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC on or prior to February 10, 2004;

     (2) use our reasonable best efforts to have the exchange offer registration statement declared effective by the SEC on or prior to June 9, 2004;

     (3) keep the exchange offer open for a period of not less than 30 days; and

     (4) consummate the exchange offer within 45 days after the exchange offer registration statement is declared effective.

     This summary of the terms of the registration rights agreement does not contain all the information that you should consider, and we refer you to the provisions of the registration rights agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for our fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Resale of the New Notes

     Based upon an interpretation by the staff of the SEC contained in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may exchange your old notes for new notes in the ordinary course of business. For further information on the SEC’s position, see Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, available May 13, 1988, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, available June 5, 1991 and Shearman & Sterling, available July 2, 1993, and other interpretive letters to similar effect. You will be allowed to resell new notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to purchasers of the new notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act so long as you do not participate, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement with any person to participate, in a distribution of the new notes. However, the foregoing does not apply to you if you are a broker-dealer who purchased the new notes directly from us to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act, or you are an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

     In addition, if you are a broker-dealer, or you acquire new notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in the distribution of the new notes, you cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC contained in the no-action letters mentioned above and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available.

     Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, which the broker-dealer acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must

19


Table of Contents

acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes which the broker-dealer acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all old notes validly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration date. We, through the exchange agent, will issue $1,000 principal amount of new notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding old notes surrendered pursuant to the exchange offer. You may tender old notes only in integral multiples of $1,000.

     The form and terms of the new notes are the same as the form and terms of the old notes except that:

  the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not bear legends restricting their transfer; and
 
  holders of the new notes will not be entitled to any of the rights of holders of old notes under the registration rights agreement, which rights will terminate upon the completion of the exchange offer.

     The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes and will be issued under the same indenture, so the new notes and the old notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the indenture.

     As of the date of this prospectus, $200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the old notes is outstanding and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for The Depository Trust Company. Only registered holders of the old notes, or their legal representatives or attorneys-in-fact, as reflected on the records of the trustee under the indenture, may participate in the exchange offer. We will not set a fixed record date for determining registered holders of the old notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.

     You do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the indenture in connection with the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement and the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

     We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered old notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as your agent for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us.

     If you tender old notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than the applicable taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer.

20


Table of Contents

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

     The term expiration date will mean 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on    , 2004, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the term expiration date will mean the latest date and time to which we extend the exchange offer; provided, however, that the maximum period of time during which the exchange offer, including any extension thereof, may be in effect will not exceed 45 days. To extend the exchange offer, we will:

  notify the exchange agent of any extension orally or in writing; and
 
  mail to each registered holder an announcement that will include disclosure of the approximate number of old notes deposited to date,

each before 9:00 a.m., Eastern Standard time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. We reserve the right, in our reasonable discretion:

  to extend the exchange offer, and thereby delay acceptance of any old notes; or
 
  if any conditions listed below under “—Conditions” are not satisfied, to terminate the exchange offer by giving oral or written notice of the delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent.

     We will follow any extension or termination promptly by oral or written notice to the registered holders or by public announcement thereof. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner we determine constitutes a material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment in a prospectus supplement that we will distribute to the registered holders. Depending upon the significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure, we will extend the exchange offer if the exchange offer would otherwise expire while we are disclosing the amendment to the registered holders. Generally, if we make a material change to the terms of the exchange offer, we will extend the exchange offer so that the offer remains open for at least five business days after we disseminate notice of the change.

Interest on the New Notes

     The new notes will bear interest at the same rate and on the same terms as the old notes. Consequently, the new notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 5.625% per annum (based on a 360-day year). Interest will be payable semi-annually on each November 15 and May 15, commencing on May 15, 2004.

     You will receive interest on May 15, 2004 from the date of initial issuance of the new notes, plus an amount equal to the accrued interest on the old notes from November 12, 2003 to the date of exchange. We will deem the right to receive any interest accrued on the old notes waived by you if we accept your old notes for exchange.

Procedures for Tendering

     You may tender old notes in the exchange offer only if you are a registered holder of old notes. To tender in the exchange offer, a registered holder must either comply with the procedures for a manual tender or comply with the automated tender offer procedures of DTC described below under “Tendering Through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program.” To complete a manual tender, you must:

  complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal;

21


Table of Contents

  have the signatures guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal; and
 
  mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the facsimile to the exchange agent at the address listed below under “—Exchange Agent” for receipt before the expiration date.

     In addition, either:

  the exchange agent must receive certificates for the old notes along with the letter of transmittal; or
 
  the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the old notes into its account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below before the expiration date.

     If you wish to tender your old notes and cannot comply with the requirement to deliver the letter of transmittal and your old notes (including by book-entry transfer) or use the automated tender offer program of DTC before the expiration date, you must tender your old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

     Your tender, if not withdrawn before the expiration date, will constitute an agreement between you and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

     The method of delivery of old notes and the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or old notes to us. You may request your respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the transactions described above for you.

     If you are a beneficial owner of old notes whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your old notes, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, before completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering the old notes you must either:

  make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name; or
 
  obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

     The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time. Unless the old notes are tendered:

     (1) by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

     (2) for the account of: a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States; or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act that is a member of one of the recognized signature guarantee programs identified in the letter of transmittal, an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal described below under “—Withdrawal of Tenders.”

22


Table of Contents

     If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder, the old notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the old notes. If the letter of transmittal or any old notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, they should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by us, they must submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act with the letter of transmittal.

     The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in the depositary’s system may utilize DTC’s automated tender offer program to tender notes. See “—Tendering Through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program” below.

     We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered old notes, which determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all old notes not properly tendered or any old notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular old notes. However, we will not waive any condition of the exchange offer relating to the requirements set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling (July 2, 1993) no-action letters. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, you must cure any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of old notes before the expiration of the exchange offer. Although we intend to notify you of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of old notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give you that notification. Unless waived, we will not deem tenders of old notes to have been made until you cure the defects or irregularities.

     While we have no present plan to acquire any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any old notes that remain outstanding after the expiration date. We also reserve the right to terminate the exchange offer, as described below under “—Conditions,” and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase old notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any of those purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the exchange offer.

     If you wish to tender old notes in exchange for new notes in the exchange offer, we will require you to represent that:

  you are not an affiliate of ours;
 
  you will acquire any new notes in the ordinary course of your business; and
 
  at the time of completion of the exchange offer, you have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes.

Return of Old Notes

     If we do not accept any tendered old notes for any reason described in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if you withdraw or submit old notes for a greater principal amount than you desire to exchange, we will return the unaccepted, withdrawn or non-exchanged old notes without expense to you promptly. In the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, we will credit the old notes to an

23


Table of Contents

account maintained with DTC promptly. We will issue new notes in exchange for validly tendered old notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

Book-Entry Transfer

     The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s systems may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer the old notes into the exchange agent’s account at the DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of old notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the DTC, you must transmit and the exchange agent must receive, the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, at the address below under “—Exchange Agent” on or before the expiration date or pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Tendering Through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program

     The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s automated tender offer program to tender its old notes. Participants in the program may transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer electronically instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent. Tendering through the automated tender offer program causes DTC to transfer the old notes to the exchange agent according to its procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent.

     The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC to and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, stating that:

  DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in DTC’s automated tender offer program that is tendering old notes that are the subject of such book-entry confirmation;
 
  the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal or in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery; and
 
  we may enforce the letter of transmittal or notice of guaranteed delivery, as applicable, against the participant.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

     If you wish to tender your old notes and (1) your old notes are not immediately available or (2) you cannot deliver the old notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent before the expiration date, you may effect a tender if:

     (1) the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;

     (2) before the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from the eligible guarantor institution a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, that states your name and address, the certificate number(s) of the old notes and the principal amount of old notes tendered, states that the tender is being made by that notice of guaranteed delivery, and guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the eligible guarantor institution will deposit with the exchange agent the letter of transmittal, together with

24


Table of Contents

the certificate(s) representing the old notes in proper form for transfer or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal; and

     (3) within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the exchange agent receives a properly executed letter of transmittal, as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered old notes in proper form for transfer and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal.

     Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

     Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw tenders of old notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on the expiration date. To withdraw a tender of old notes in the exchange offer, the exchange agent must receive a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal at its address listed in this prospectus before the expiration date or you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s automated tender offer program system. Any notice of withdrawal must:

  specify the name of the person who deposited the old notes to be withdrawn;
 
  identify the old notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number(s) and principal amount of the old notes; and
 
  be signed in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the old notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees.

     If the old notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn old notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC.

     We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of the notices, and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. We will not deem any properly withdrawn old notes to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer, and we will not issue new notes with respect to those old notes, unless you validly re-tender the withdrawn old notes. You may re-tender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures described above under “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time before the expiration date.

Conditions

     Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange the new notes for, any old notes, and may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before the expiration of the exchange offer, if, in our reasonable judgment, the exchange offer violates applicable law, rules or regulations or an applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.

If we determine in our reasonable discretion that any of these conditions are not satisfied before the expiration of the exchange offer, we may:

  refuse to accept any old notes and return all tendered old notes to you;
 
  extend the exchange offer before its expiration and retain all old notes tendered before the exchange offer expires, subject, however, to your rights to withdraw the old notes; or

25


Table of Contents

  waive the unsatisfied conditions with respect to the exchange offer before the expiration of the exchange offer and accept all properly tendered old notes that have not been withdrawn.

     If the waiver constitutes a material change to the exchange offer, we will promptly disclose the waiver by means of a prospectus supplement that we will distribute to the registered holders of the old notes. Depending on the significance and the timing of the waiver, we may also decide to extend the exchange offer.

     These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them or waive them in our sole discretion before the expiration of the exchange offer. If we fail at any time to exercise any of these rights, this failure will not mean that we have waived our rights. Each right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times, in each case, prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered and will not issue new notes in exchange for any old note, if at that time any stop order has been threatened or is in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

Termination of Registration Rights

     All of your rights under the registration rights agreement will terminate upon consummation of the exchange offer except with respect to our continuing obligations:

  to indemnify you and parties related to you against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act; and

  to provide, upon your request, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act to permit resales of the old notes pursuant to Rule 144A.

Shelf Registration

If:

     (1) the new notes received by holders other than certain restricted holders are not freely transferable under the Securities Act due to changes in existing SEC interpretations;

     (2) the exchange offer has not been completed by July 24, 2004; or

     (3) any holder of old notes is not eligible under interpretations of the SEC to participate in the exchange offer and the holder provides notice to us,

we will file, at our cost, with the SEC a shelf registration statement to cover resales of the old notes or the new notes, as the case may be, within the later of 90 days after the issuance of the old notes or 30 days after the time the obligation to file arises. We will use our reasonable best efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 120 days after the shelf registration statement is filed and use our reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective until two years after its effective date or such shorter period ending when all resales of old notes or new notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been made. A holder selling old notes or new notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement generally would be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will

26


Table of Contents

be bound by the provisions of the exchange and registration rights agreement which are applicable to such holder, including certain indemnification obligations.

Liquidated Damages

If:

     (1) we fail to file any of the registration statements required by the registration rights agreement on or before the date specified for such filing; or

     (2) any of such registration statements is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness; or

     (3) we fail to consummate the exchange offer within 45 days after the exchange offer registration statement is declared effective; or

     (4) the shelf registration statement or the exchange offer registration statement is declared effective but thereafter is withdrawn by us or becomes subject to an effective stop order suspending its effectiveness in connection with resales or exchanges of transfer restricted securities during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above, a “registration default”);

then we will pay to each holder of the outstanding old notes, as liquidated damages, additional penalty interest for the period from the occurrence of the registration default until such time as no registration default is in effect. The amount of penalty interest would be equal to 0.25% per annum during the first 90-day period following the occurrence of such registration default, and would increase by an additional 0.25% per annum during each subsequent 90-day period while the registration default remains in effect, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum.

Exchange Agent

     We have appointed JPMorgan Chase Bank as exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or the letter of transmittal and requests for a notice of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

     
 
   
By Registered or Certified Mail:
  By Hand Delivery:
 
   
JPMorgan Chase Bank
ITS Bond Events
2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor
Dallas, TX 75201
Attention: Frank Ivins
  JPMorgan Chase Bank
ITS Bond Events
2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor
Dallas, TX 75201
Attention: Frank Ivins
 
   
By Overnight Delivery:
  By Facsimile (for eligible institutions only):
 
   
JPMorgan Chase Bank
ITS Bond Events
2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor
  (214) 468-6494
Attention: Frank Ivins
Dallas, TX 75201
  To Confirm Facsimile:
Attention: Frank Ivins
  (214) 468-6464

27


Table of Contents

     Delivery to an address other than the one stated above or transmission via a facsimile number other than the one stated above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Fees and Expenses

     We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. We are making the principal solicitation by mail; however, our officers and regular employees may make additional solicitations by facsimile, telephone or in person.

     We have not retained any dealer manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

     We will pay the cash expenses incurred in connection with the exchange offer which we estimate to be approximately $300,000. These expenses include registration fees, fees and expenses of the exchange agent and the trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

     We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of notes pursuant to the exchange offer. If, however, a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of the old notes pursuant to the exchange offer, then you must pay the amount of the transfer taxes. If you do not submit satisfactory evidence of payment of the taxes or exemption from payment with the letter of transmittal, we will bill the amount of the transfer taxes directly to you.

Consequence of Failure to Exchange

     Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary. We urge you to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your decisions on what action to take. Old notes that are not exchanged for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, those old notes may be resold only:

  to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A;

  in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

  outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act;

  in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and based upon an opinion of counsel if we so request;

  to us; or

  pursuant to an effective registration statement.

     In each case, the old notes may be resold only in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction.

28


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

     The exchange offer satisfies an obligation under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the new notes as contemplated by this prospectus, we will receive the old notes in like principal amount. The old notes surrendered in exchange for the new notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the new notes will not result in any increase in our indebtedness or capital stock.

     We used substantially all of the net proceeds from the offering of the old notes for (a) the purchase of our 7.20% notes due 2005 validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the tender offer and (b) the acquisition of a 71.1% interest in Huta Zawiercie SA and the acquisition of the Lofland Company.

29


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, short-term debt and our consolidated capitalization at February 29, 2004. You should read this table in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
         
    February 29, 2004
    (dollars in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 59,128  
 
   
 
 
Short-term debt:
       
Trade financing arrangement
  $ 9,000  
Notes payable-CMCZ
    46,715  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    804  
 
   
 
 
Total short-term debt
    56,519  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities:(1)
       
7.20% notes due 2005
    10,455  
6.80% notes due 2007
    50,000  
6.75% notes due 2009
    100,000  
5.625% notes due 2013
    200,000  
Other
    2,447  
 
   
 
 
Total long-term debt
    362,902  
Stockholders’ equity:
       
Preferred stock
     
Common stock, $5.00 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 28,825,642 shares outstanding at February 29, 2004(2)
    161,326  
Additional paid-in capital
    4,083  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    10,089  
Retained earnings
    431,132  
Less treasury stock, 3,439,524 shares
    (48,332 )
 
   
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    558,298  
 
   
 
 
Total capitalization
  $ 977,719  
 
   
 
 


(1)   See the notes to our condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information concerning long-term debt. The 7.20% notes due 2005 include the effect of an interest rate swap valued at $455,000.
 
(2)   Does not include approximately 3,230,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at February 29, 2004.

30


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER DATA

     The selected income statement data and balance sheet data presented below are for the six months ended February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003 and for the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999 and as of February 29, 2004 and August 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999. The per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend on our common stock effective June 28, 2002. In 2002, as reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2002, as amended, we restated the financial statements. The following information should be read in conjunction with the section “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
                                                         
                    Year Ended
    Six Months Ended
  August 31,
    February   February                    
    29, 2004
  28, 2003
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions, except per share data)
Income Statement Data:
                                                       
Net sales
  $ 1,898     $ 1,297     $ 2,876     $ 2,480     $ 2,470     $ 2,661     $ 2,251  
Cost of goods sold
    1,677       1,168       2,587       2,162       2,173       2,334       1,949  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    152       114       244       236       223       229       207  
Interest expense
    12       7       15       19       28       27       20  
Loss on reacquisition of debt
    3                                      
Litigation accrual
                            8              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Earnings before income taxes and minority interest
    54       8       30       63       38       71       75  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Minority interest
    1                                      
Income taxes
    19       3       11       22       14       26       28  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net earnings
  $ 34     $ 5     $ 19     $ 41     $ 24     $ 45     $ 47  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 1.19     $ 0.18     $ 0.67     $ 1.48     $ 0.91     $ 1.59     $ 1.62  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 1.15     $ 0.18     $ 0.66     $ 1.43     $ 0.90     $ 1.56     $ 1.61  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Cash dividends per common share
  $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.32     $ 0.275     $ 0.26     $ 0.26     $ 0.26  
                                                         
                    Year Ended
    Six Months Ended
  August 31,
    February   February                    
    29, 2004
  28, 2003
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions, except ratios)
Other Financial Data:
                                                       
EBITDA (1)
  $ 99.0     $ 45.5     $ 106.9     $ 143.4     $ 133.3     $ 164.6     $ 146.5  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)
    4.79       1.94       2.57       3.77       2.19       3.25       3.60  
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense
    8.3       6.4       7.0       7.7       4.8       6.0       7.5  
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA(3)
    2.1       2.8       2.5       1.8       2.0       2.2       2.0  

31


Table of Contents

                                                 
    February 29,
  August 31,
    2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions)
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 59.1     $ 75.1     $ 124.4     $ 56.0     $ 20.1     $ 44.7  
Total assets
  $ 1,673.2     $ 1,275.4     $ 1,230.1     $ 1,081.9     $ 1,170.1     $ 1,079.1  
Long-term debt
  $ 362.9     $ 255.0     $ 256.0     $ 251.6     $ 261.9     $ 265.6  
Total debt
  $ 419.4     $ 270.6     $ 256.6     $ 265.7     $ 363.2     $ 289.8  
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 558.3     $ 506.9     $ 501.3     $ 433.1     $ 418.8     $ 418.3  

(1)   We have included a financial statement measure in the table above that was not derived in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). We use earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) as a non-GAAP performance measure. In calculating EBITDA, we exclude our largest recurring non-cash charge, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA provides a core operational performance measurement that compares results without the need to adjust for federal, state and local taxes which have considerable variation between domestic jurisdictions. Tax regulations in international operations add additional complexity. Also, we exclude interest cost in our calculation of EBITDA. The results are therefore without consideration of financing alternatives of capital employed. We use EBITDA as one guideline to assess our unlevered performance return on our investments. EBITDA is also the target benchmark for our long-term performance plan for management. Reconciliations to net earnings are provided below (in millions):

                                                         
                    Year Ended
    Six Months Ended
  August 31,
    February   February                    
    29, 2004
  28, 2003
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions)
Net earnings
  $ 33.8     $ 5.1     $ 18.9     $ 40.5     $ 23.8     $ 44.6     $ 47.0  
Interest expense
    12.0       7.1       15.3       18.7       27.6       27.3       19.6  
Income taxes
    19.3       3.0       11.5       22.6       14.6       26.1       27.8  
Depreciation and amortization
    33.9       30.3       61.2       61.6       67.3       66.6       52.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
EBITDA
  $ 99.0     $ 45.5     $ 106.9     $ 143.4     $ 133.3     $ 164.6     $ 146.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(2)   For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represents earnings before income taxes, interest expense, interest imputed on rent and amortization of capitalized interest. Fixed charges include interest expense, interest capitalized and the portion of operating rental expense that management believes is representative of the appropriate interest component of rent expense.

(3)   EBITDA for the six months ended February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003 has been annualized for purposes of calculating the ratio. These results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the entire year.

32


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is intended to assist in the understanding and assessment of the trends and significant changes in our results of operations and financial condition. Historical results may not indicate future performance. Our forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by these statements. Factors that may cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

     We manufacture, recycle, market and distribute steel and metal products through a network of over 140 locations in the United States and internationally.

     Following our acquisitions of CMCZ and Lofland in December 2003, we have revised our segment reporting to include five reportable segments. We have maintained our recycling and marketing and distribution segments, but presented our new Polish minimill, CMCZ, separately because its economic characteristics are different from our domestic minimills. Our former manufacturing segment has been split into two segments: 1) domestic mills, including our four steel minimills and copper tube minimill and 2) fabrication, including our new rebar acquisition (Lofland). Following our acquisition of the rebar fabricator, we made internal management reporting changes, which necessitated this change in segment reporting. We have revised prior period results to be consistent with our current segment presentation.

Domestic Mills Operations

We conduct our domestic mills operations through a network of:

  steel mills, commonly referred to as “minimills,” that produce reinforcing bar, angles, flats, small beams, rounds, fence post sections and other shapes;

  scrap processing facilities that directly support these minimills; and

  a copper tube minimill.

CMCZ Operations

We conduct our CMCZ minimill operation through:

  a rolling mill that produces primarily reinforcing bar;

  a rolling mill that produces wire rod; and

  our majority-owned scrap processing facilities that directly support CMCZ.

Fabrication Operations

We conduct our fabrication operations through a network of:

33


Table of Contents

  steel fabrication and processing plants that bend, cut and fabricate steel, primarily reinforcing bar and angles;
 
 
  warehouses that sell or rent supplies for the installation of concrete;
 
  plants that produce special sections for floors and ceiling support;
 
  plants that produce steel fence posts;
 
  a plant that treats steel with heat to strengthen and provide flexibility;
 
  a plant that rebuilds railcars; and
 
  a railroad salvage company.

Recycling Operations

     We conduct our recycling operations through 44 metal processing plants located in the states of Texas, South Carolina, Florida, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Kansas, Missouri, Tennessee, Louisiana and Georgia.

Marketing and Distribution Operations

     We market and distribute steel, copper and aluminum coil, sheet and tubing, ores, metal concentrates, industrial minerals, ferroalloys and chemicals through our network of 15 marketing and distribution offices, 4 processing facilities and joint ventures around the world. Our customers use these products in a variety of industries.

     You should read this management’s discussion and analysis in connection with your review of our consolidated audited financial statements and the accompanying footnotes incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     The following are important accounting policies, estimates and assumptions that you should understand as you review our financial statements. We apply these accounting policies and make these estimates and assumptions to prepare financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles. Our use of these accounting policies, estimates and assumptions affects our results of operations and our reported amounts of assets and liabilities. Where we have used estimates or assumptions, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates.

     Revenue Recognition. We recognize sales when title passes to the customer either when goods are shipped or when they are received based upon the terms of the sale. For certain of our steel fabrication operations, we recognize net sales and profits from certain long-term fixed price contracts by the percentage of completion method. For the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, approximately 3%, 6% and 8% of our total net sales were recognized on a percentage of completion basis. In determining the amount of net sales to recognize, we estimate the total costs and profits expected to be recorded for the contract term and the recoverability of costs related to change orders. When we estimate that a contract will result in a loss, the entire loss is accrued as soon as it is probable and estimable.

34


Table of Contents

Through the passage of time due to the variances between actual costs and those that we previously anticipated, these estimates could change, resulting in changes in our earnings.

     Contingencies. We make accruals as needed for litigation, administrative proceedings, government investigations (including environmental matters), and contract disputes. We base our environmental liabilities on estimates regarding the number of sites for which we will be responsible, the scope and cost of work to be performed at each site, the portion of costs that we expect we will share with other parties and the timing of the remediation. Where timing of expenditures can be reliably estimated, we discount amounts to reflect our cost of capital over time. We record these and other contingent liabilities when they are probable and when we can reasonably estimate the amount of loss. Where timing and amounts cannot be precisely estimated, we estimate a range, and we recognize the low end of the range without discounting. Also, see Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

     Inventory Cost. We determine inventory cost for most domestic inventories by the last-in, first-out method, or LIFO. At the end of each quarter, we estimate both inventory quantities and costs that we expect at the end of the fiscal year for these LIFO calculations, and we record an amount on a pro-rata basis. These estimates could vary substantially from the actual year-end results, causing an adjustment to cost of goods sold. See Note 14, Quarterly Financial Data, to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We record all inventories at the lower of their cost or market value.

     Property, Plant and Equipment. Our manufacturing and recycling businesses are capital intensive. We evaluate the value of these assets and other long-lived assets whenever a change in circumstances indicates that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Some of the estimated values for assets that we currently use in our operations utilize judgments and assumptions of future undiscounted cash flows that the assets will produce. If these assets were for sale, our estimates of their values could be significantly different because of market conditions, specific transaction terms and a buyer’s different viewpoint of future cash flows. Also, we depreciate property, plant and equipment on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Depreciable lives are based on our estimate of the assets’ economically useful lives. To the extent that an asset’s actual life differs from our estimate, there could be an impact on depreciation expense or a gain/loss on the disposal of the asset in a later period. We expense major maintenance costs as incurred.

     Other Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements. See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

Consolidated Results of Operations

    Year Ended
    August 31
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (in millions, except share data)
Net sales
  $ 2,876     $ 2,480     $ 2,470  
Net earnings
    18.9       40.5       23.8  
LIFO effect on net earnings expense (income)
    6.1       1.0       (1.1 )
Per diluted share
    0.21       0.04       (0.04 )

35


Table of Contents

                                 
    Three Months Ended
  Six Months Ended
    February 29,   February 28,   February 29,   February 28,
    2004
  2003
  2004
  2003
    (in millions except share data)
Net sales
  $ 1,068.1     $ 660.8     $ 1,898.1     $ 1,297.0  
Net earnings
    21.2       2.9       33.8       5.1  
LIFO effect on net earnings expense (income)
    6.2       1.9       7.0       1.8  
Per diluted share
    0.21       0.07       0.24       0.06  

     EBITDA increased by 158% to $58.8 million and by 118% to $99.0 million for the three and six months February 29, 2004, respectively, as compared to the same periods in 2003. The following financial events were significant during the second quarter ended February 29, 2004:

-   We reported our highest net sales and net earnings ever.

-   In December 2003, we acquired a minimill in Poland and a rebar fabricator with operations in Texas and surrounding states, which significantly expanded our international manufacturing capabilities and enhanced our domestic market share in rebar fabrication.

-   The unprecedented rise in the price of steel scrap and a surge in non-ferrous scrap prices resulted in record profits for our recycling segment.

-   Selling price increases for our domestic mill products, along with high demand resulted in much higher profits in our domestic mill segment as compared to the same period in 2003.

-   Our new minimill in Poland experienced strong demand for its products and was profitable.

-   Margins in our fabrication segment were compressed because of the rapid increase in input costs, but results were better than last year.

-   Marketing and distribution’s adjusted operating profit was higher than last year’s second quarter, in spite of higher freight costs, due to continued demand in Asia (especially China), the improved U.S. economy, the weak U.S. dollar and low-end user inventories.

     We have included a financial statement measure in the discussion above that was not derived in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). We use earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) as a non-GAAP performance measure. In calculating EBITDA, we exclude our largest recurring non-cash charge, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA provides a core operational performance measurement that compares results without the need to adjust for federal, state and local taxes which have considerable variation between domestic jurisdictions. Tax regulations in international operations add additional complexity. Also, we exclude interest cost in our calculation of EBITDA. The results are therefore without consideration of financing alternatives of capital employed. We use EBITDA as one guideline to assess our unlevered performance return on our investments. EBITDA is also the target benchmark for our long-term performance plan for management. Reconciliations to net earnings are provided below (in millions):

36


Table of Contents

                                 
    Three Months Ended
  Six Months Ended
    February 29,   February 28,   February 29,   February 28,
    2004
  2003
  2004
  2003
Net earnings
  $ 21.2     $ 2.9     $ 33.8     $ 5.1  
Income taxes
    11.9       1.7       19.3       3.0  
Interest expense
    6.9       3.1       12.0       7.1  
Depreciation and amortization
    18.8       15.1       33.9       30.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
EBITDA
  $ 58.8     $ 22.8     $ 99.0     $ 45.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Segments

     Unless otherwise indicated, all dollars below are before income taxes. Financial results for our reportable segments are consistent with the basis and manner in which we internally disaggregate financial information for making operating decisions. For the year ended August 31, 2003, we had three reportable segments: manufacturing, recycling, and marketing and distribution.

     Following our acquisitions in December 2003, we have revised our segment reporting to include five reportable segments. We have maintained our recycling and marketing and distribution segments, but presented CMCZ separately because its economic characteristics are different from our domestic minimills. Our former manufacturing segment has been split into two segments: 1) domestic mills, including our four steel minimills and copper tube minimill and 2) fabrication, including our new rebar acquisition. Following our acquisition of the rebar fabricator, we made internal management reporting changes, which necessitated this change in segment reporting. We have revised prior period results to be consistent with our current segment presentation.

     Our management uses adjusted operating profit (loss) to compare and evaluate the financial performance of our segments. Adjusted operating profit is the sum of our earnings before income taxes, and financing costs. See Note 13, Business Segments, to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 and Note J, Business Segments, to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended February 29, 2004 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

37


Table of Contents

     The following tables show net sales and adjusted operating profit (loss) by business segment:
                                 
    Three Months Ended
  Six Months Ended
    February 29,   February 28,   February 29,   February 28,
    2004
  2003
  2004
  2003
            (in millions)        
Net sales:
                               
Domestic Mills
  $ 251     $ 174     $ 463     $ 334  
CMCZ
    114             114        
Fabrication
    220       172       434       344  
Recycling
    190       100       322       197  
Marketing and Distribution
    403       265       743       521  
Corporate and Eliminations
    (110 )     (50 )     (179 )     (99 )
Adjusted operating profit (loss):
                               
Domestic Mills
  $ 16     $ 5     $ 31     $ 8  
CMCZ
    6             6        
Fabrication
    (1 )     (3 )     4       (3 )
Recycling
    18       4       23       5  
Marketing and Distribution
    9       5       15       9  
Corporate and Eliminations
    (6 )     (2 )     (13 )     (4 )
                         
    Year Ended August 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (in millions)
Net sales:
                       
Domestic mills
  $ 746     $ 682     $ 639  
Fabrication
    767       844       853  
Recycling
    441       378       394  
Marketing and distribution
    1,150       777       771  
Corporate and eliminations
    (228 )     (201 )     (187 )
Adjusted operating profit (loss):
                       
Domestic mills
  $ 19.7     $ 41.0     $ 42.6  
Fabrication
    0.7       30.4       14.1  
Recycling
    15.2       5.1       (2.3 )
Marketing and distribution
    21.8       14.2       7.8  
Corporate and elimination
    (11.1 )     (8.1 )     (4.8 )

Three and Six Months Ended February 29, 2004 Compared to 2003

     Domestic Mills. We include our domestic steel minimills and our copper tube minimill in our domestic mills segment.

The table below reflects steel and scrap prices per ton:

                                 
    Three Months Ended
  Six Months Ended
    February 29,   February 28,   February 29,   February 28,
    2004
  2003
  2004
  2003
Average mill selling price (total sales)
  $ 339     $ 271     $ 324     $ 271  
Average mill selling price (finished goods)
    345       277       330       279  
Average ferrous scrap purchase price
    147       89       132       89  

38


Table of Contents

     Our domestic mills segment’s adjusted operating profit for the three months ended February 29, 2004 increased by $11.4 million (247%) as compared to the same period in 2003 on $76.6 million (44%) more net sales. Net sales and adjusted operating profit were higher due to improved selling prices and increased shipments. Selling prices and shipments increased due to increased demand, which was partially due to the recovering U.S. economy. Also, the competition from foreign steel imports was less as a result of the weaker U.S. dollar. The mills’ production levels (tons melted and rolled) for the second quarter in 2004 were at or near all time records. These factors were partially offset by significant rapid increases in steel scrap purchase costs and increases in other input costs. Adjusted operating profits at all four mills were significantly higher in the second quarter of 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003. The largest increases in profitability were at SMI Alabama and SMI South Carolina. Adjusted operating profit at SMI Alabama increased $2.6 million (436%) for the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003. SMI South Carolina reported $918 thousand in adjusted operating profit for the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to a $2.4 million adjusted operating loss in the same period in 2003. Adjusted operating profits at SMI Texas and SMI Arkansas increased 33% and 133%, respectively. The mills shipped 609,000 tons in the second quarter of 2004 as compared to 537,000 in the corresponding period in 2003, an increase of 13%. Mill production increased as well, with tons rolled up 26% to 540,000. Tons melted increased 19% to 567,000. The average total mill selling price at $339 per ton was $68 (25%) above the same quarter last year. Our average mill selling price for finished goods also increased $68 per ton (25%). However, average scrap purchase costs were $58 per ton (65%) higher than the same quarter last year due primarily to increased demand resulting from higher production at U.S. minimills, coupled with the high level of scrap exports to the Far East, especially China. In spite of the increased scrap costs, our metal spread (the difference between our average total mill selling price and our average scrap purchase price) was $192 per ton, $10 per ton higher during the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003. This increased metal spread more than offset cost increases for utilities and other inputs. Utility expenses increased by $2.9 million in 2004 as compared to 2003. Natural gas increased due to a combination of higher usage and rates, and electricity costs were higher due to usage from increased production. Costs for ferroalloys and graphite electrodes increased as well due largely to more demand from U.S. mills and the impact of the weaker U.S. dollar and higher ocean freight costs on these imported items.

     Our copper tube mill’s adjusted operating profit increased $1.4 million (386%) to $1.7 million during the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the corresponding period in 2003. Copper tube shipments increased 16% to 15.9 million pounds due primarily to better weather in the second quarter of 2004 as compared to the same quarter in 2003. Production increased 11% to 16.4 million pounds. The average selling price increased 40 cents per pound (33%) to $1.59 for the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to $1.19 for the three months ended February 28, 2003. Strong demand in our housing and commercial markets outpaced supply of finished copper tube. The average copper scrap purchase cost increased 28 cents per pound (40%) during the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same quarter in 2003. The unusually strong copper market resulted in historically high costs for copper scrap. Our metal spreads improved by 12 cents per pound to 59 cents because the average copper scrap purchase cost increased less than the average copper tube sales price.

     Adjusted operating profit for our four domestic steel minimills increased 313% for the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003. The average total mill selling price at $324 per ton increased $53 (20%) in the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003. As a result, metal margins increased $10 per ton for the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003. These higher margins more than offset increases in utilities and other input costs. Average scrap purchase costs were $43 per ton (48%) higher than during the same period last year. Utility expenses increased by $4.6 million for the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003, due to higher natural gas and electricity costs. Electricity usage

39


Table of Contents

increased, but prices remained relatively stable. Natural gas costs increased due to both higher usage and prices. The mills shipped 1,175,000 tons in the first two quarters of 2004 compared to 1,042,000 tons in the corresponding period of 2003, an increase of 13%.

     Our copper tube mill reported an adjusted operating profit of $3.9 million for the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to an adjusted operating profit of $631 thousand in the same period in 2003. Copper tube shipments increased 3.2 million pounds (11%) to 32.5 million pounds. Average selling prices increased by 33 cents per pound (29%) to $1.47 in the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to $1.14 in the corresponding period in 2003. The average copper scrap purchase cost increased by 22 cents per pound (32%) during the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003.

     CMCZ. On December 3, 2003, our Swiss subsidiary acquired 71.1% of the outstanding shares of Huta Zawiercie, S.A. (“CMCZ”), of Zawiercie, Poland for 200 million Polish Zlotys (PLN), $51.9 million on the acquisition date. In connection with the acquisition, we also assumed debt of 176 million PLN ($45.7 million). CMCZ operates a steel minimill similar to our domestic steel minimills with total annual capacity of over 1 million metric tons of rebar and wire rod products as well as merchant bar. With this acquisition, we have become a significant manufacturer of rebar and wire rod in a key Central European market. See Note C – Acquisitions, to the condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended February 29, 2004 incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have presented CMCZ and its subsidiaries as a separate segment because the economic characteristics of their markets and the regulatory environment in which they operate are not similar to that of our domestic minimills. CMCZ recorded net sales of $114 million and an adjusted operating profit of $6.2 million for the three months ended February 29, 2004. Historically, the period from December through February has been weak in terms of profits and shipments because of winter weather conditions. However, subsequent to our acquisition, the mill, in coordination with our international marketing and distribution operation, found new outlets for its products. CMCZ melted 375,000 tons, rolled 271,000 tons and shipped 390,000 tons, including billets, during the three months ended February 29, 2004. The average total mill selling price was $286 per ton (including 22% billets). The average scrap purchase cost was $147 per ton.

     Fabrication. On December 23, 2003, we acquired 100% of the stock of Lofland Acquisition, Inc. (“Lofland”) for $48.8 million cash. Lofland is the sole stockholder of The Lofland Company and subsidiaries which operate steel reinforcing bar fabrication and construction-related product sales facilities from 11 locations in Texas, Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, New Mexico and Mississippi. This acquisition complements our existing Texas rebar fabrication and construction-related product sales operations and expands our service areas in each of the neighboring states. See Note C – Acquisitions, to the condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended February 29, 2004 incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Following our acquisition of Lofland, we changed our internal management reporting structure, which necessitated our reporting fabrication (including Lofland) as a separate segment. See Note J – Business Segments, to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended February 29, 2004 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

     Our fabrication businesses reported an adjusted operating loss of $1.2 million for the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to an adjusted operating loss of $3.4 million in the same period of 2003. However, net sales were $220 million in the second quarter of 2004, an increase of $48 million (28%) as compared to the second quarter of 2003. Lofland accounted for $18 million of this increase. Although shipments and selling prices increased, we recorded a loss in the three months ended February 29, 2004 primarily because the overall purchase costs from our steel suppliers increased more than our selling prices. Our sales prices did not increase as fast as our steel purchase costs because much of our fabrication work is sold months in advance at a fixed price. We recorded contract loss provisions in excess of $1 million during the three months ended February 29, 2004 on firm sales commitments at

40


Table of Contents

various fabrication operations, the largest of which was at Lofland. Construction activity varied by region. Some private nonresidential construction markets were more active, while others remained flat. Public construction continued at a solid level. Fabrication plant shipments totaled 286,000 tons, 24% more than last year’s second quarter shipments of 231,000 tons. Our acquisition of Lofland resulted in 23,000 additional tons. The remainder of the increase was due to the acquisitions of several small rebar fabrication operations during the last half of fiscal 2003 and higher shipments at Fontana Steel. The average fabrication selling price for the three months ended February 29, 2004 increased $49 per ton (9%) to $584 as compared to $535 the same period in 2003. However, rebar fabrication, construction related products, steel post plants, steel joist manufacturing and structural steel fabrication were all adversely affected by higher input costs during the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003. We are continuing to evaluate certain facilities which are performing under expectations or for which we are considering alternative uses. Our current estimates of cash flows do not indicate that the assets are impaired. However, these estimates and expected uses could change resulting in asset impairments. During the three months ended February 28, 2003, we recorded a $1 million loss provision for payments from a customer within 90 days of its bankruptcy filing, which were potentially voidable. This dispute was settled during the three months ended August 31, 2003 for $118 thousand.

     Our fabrication businesses reported an adjusted operating profit of $4.5 million for the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to an adjusted operating loss of $3.4 million in the same period of 2003. Fabrication plant shipments for the six months ended February 29, 2004 were 566,000 tons, an increase of 26% as compared to the same period of 2003. The average fabrication selling price increased $24 per ton (4%) to $570 in 2003 as compared to $546 in 2002. However, our steel purchase costs increased significantly especially during the second quarter of 2004. Also, professional services (primarily legal) expenses, decreased by $1.7 million in the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the corresponding period in 2003 due to the settlement of contingencies at SMI Owen Steel Company (SMI-Owen) during the second half of 2003.

     Recycling. Our recycling segment reported an adjusted operating profit of $17.7 million for the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared with an adjusted operating profit of $4.1 million in the same quarter of 2003. Net sales for the three months ended February 29, 2004 were 89% higher at $190 million. Gross margins in the second quarter of 2004 doubled as compared to the corresponding period of 2003. Ferrous and nonferrous selling prices significantly increased because demand from Far Eastern buyers, especially China, and the weaker U.S. dollar, resulted in more scrap exports by our competitors. In addition, domestic demand for scrap increased due to the recovering U.S. economy. The segment processed and shipped 493,000 tons of ferrous scrap during the three months ended February 29, 2004, 32% more than the second quarter of 2003. Ferrous sales prices increased $77 (82%) to $171 per ton as compared to the same period in 2003. Nonferrous shipments were 15% higher at 63,000 tons. The average nonferrous scrap sales price of $1,371 per ton for the three months ended February 29, 2004 was 34% higher than in the same period in 2003. The total volume of scrap processed, including all of our domestic processing plants, was 838,000 tons, an increase of 31% from the 642,000 tons processed in the corresponding period of 2003. Volumes were up due to increased demand caused by the recovery in the global economy.

     Our recycling segment reported an adjusted operating profit of $23.4 million for the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to an adjusted operating profit of $5.5 million in the corresponding period of 2003. Gross margins for the six months ended February 29, 2004 were 72% higher than the same period in 2003, due to increased selling prices and shipments for both ferrous and nonferrous scrap. For the six months ended February 29, 2004, ferrous and nonferrous scrap selling prices increased by 64% and 28% respectively. The total volume of scrap processed and shipped during the six months ended February 29, 2004, including all of our domestic processing plants, was 1,572,000 tons, an increase of 20% from the 1,311,000 tons processed in the corresponding period in 2003. Volumes increased due to

41


Table of Contents

increased demand caused by the recovering global economies and the weak U.S. dollar.

     Marketing and Distribution. Net sales increased $138 million (52%) for the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same quarter in 2003, $25 million of which resulted from foreign currency fluctuations. Adjusted operating profit for the three months ended February 29, 2004 was $8.8 million, as compared to $4.9 million in the same quarter in 2003, an increase of 79%. The net effect of foreign currency fluctuations on our adjusted operating profit was $553 thousand. Markets were favorable in several geographic regions and product lines. Sales to and within Asia, especially China, were up significantly. Also, the economy in Australia was still strong. Adjusted operating profits increased in Europe. Imports into the United States were mixed with a significant decline in our steel imports, but sales of industrial raw materials increased. Most product prices (as expressed in U.S. dollars) improved during the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003. Gross margins were better for steel products and industrial raw materials, but were lower for nonferrous metal products. The increased profitability in marketing and distribution was largely due to our strategy in recent years to build up our regional business around the world and to increase our downstream presence.

     Net sales for the six months ended February 29, 2004 increased by $222 million (43%), $46 million of which was due to foreign currency fluctuations. Adjusted operating profit for the six months ended February 29, 2004 for our marketing and distribution segment increased to $15.1 million as compared to $9.4 million in the same period in 2003 due mostly to better results from our international operations and increased sales and margins for our imports of industrial raw materials in the U.S. Foreign currency fluctuations accounted for $1.1 million of the increase. Adjusted operating profits increased for Europe and Australia. Sales into Asia, including China were strong during the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the corresponding period of 2003. During the six months ended February 29, 2004, we recognized a $1.5 million gain on our forward purchases of Polish Zlotys related to our acquisition of CMCZ.

     Corporate and Eliminations. During the six months ended February 29, 2004, we incurred a $3.1 million charge from the repurchase of $90 million of our notes otherwise due in 2005. Discretionary items, such as bonuses and profit sharing increased commensurate with increased profitability for the three and six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the corresponding period of 2003. Also, professional services expenses increased $1.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively for the three and six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same periods of 2003 due primarily to costs associated with compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes Oxley.

     Consolidated Data. The LIFO method of inventory valuation decreased net earnings by $6.2 million and $1.9 million (21 cents and 7 cents per diluted share) for the three months ended February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, respectively. For the six months ended February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, after-tax LIFO expense was $7.0 million (24 cents per diluted share) and $1.8 million (6 cents per diluted share), respectively.

     Overall selling, general and administrative expenses were $27 million (45%) higher during the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the corresponding period of 2003. Our acquisitions of CMCZ and Lofland accounted for $8.2 million of the increase. Also, bad debt expense increased $2.5 million in the three months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003 due to higher sales and increased accounts receivable. During the three and six months ended February 29, 2004, interest expense increased by $3.8 million and $4.9 million, respectively, primarily due to additional long-term debt used to finance the Lofland and CMCZ acquisitions.

42


Table of Contents

2003 Compared to 2002

     Domestic mills. We include our domestic steel minimills and our copper tube minimill in our domestic mill segment.

     Our domestic mills’ adjusted operating profit for the year ended August 31, 2003 decreased $21.3 million as compared to 2002. A litigation settlement at the steel mills in 2002 accounted for $2.5 million of the decrease. Excluding this item, adjusted operating profit decreased 49% in 2003 as compared to 2002. Net sales for the year ended August 31, 2003 increased $64 million (9%) as compared to 2002. Our steel minimills implemented higher selling prices that became partially effective during the second half of 2003, although steel mill selling prices were at very low levels for much of 2003. However, scrap purchase prices were driven sharply higher by offshore demand and the weakening value of the U.S. dollar. The selling price increases and increased shipments did not fully offset higher scrap and utility costs. Gross margins were significantly lower as a result of these conditions. Our copper tube mill’s gross margins were also lower due to increased copper scrap purchase prices and lower selling prices for its products.

     The table below reflects steel and scrap prices per ton:

                 
               
    Year Ended
    August 31,
(dollars per ton)
  2003
  2002
Average mill selling price-total sales
  $ 278     $ 269  
Average mill selling price-finished goods only
    287       275  
Average ferrous scrap purchase price
    97       80  

     Adjusted operating profit for our four domestic steel minimills decreased $18.2 million (52%) for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. The effect of valuing inventories under the LIFO method accounted for $3.5 million (19%) of the decrease in adjusted operating profit for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. Also, during the year ended August 31, 2002, our domestic steel minimills received $2.5 million from a nonrecurring graphite electrode litigation settlement. Even excluding these items, adjusted operating profit in 2003 decreased as compared to 2002 because higher shipments and average selling prices were not enough to offset higher input costs, including scrap and utilities. Our adjusted operating profit at SMI Texas decreased 25% to $19.3 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to an adjusted operating profit of $25.8 million in 2002. SMI South Carolina lost $7.1 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to a $2.8 million adjusted operating profit in 2002. Higher scrap costs, higher energy costs and a weak demand for our products were the most significant reasons for SMI South Carolina’s loss in 2003 although these factors were partially offset by price increases in the fourth quarter. SMI Arkansas reported a $160 thousand adjusted operating profit in 2003 as compared to a $3.5 million adjusted operating profit in 2002. Most of the decrease in adjusted operating profit at SMI Arkansas was attributable to LIFO expense caused by higher year end inventories of rerolling rail. However, adjusted operating profit at our SMI Alabama mill for the year ended August 31, 2003 increased 63% to $4.2 million as compared to $2.5 million in 2002. Cost reduction efforts, improved operating efficiencies, and better market conditions were the key factors in SMI Alabama’s improved profitability. Our mills shipped 2,284,000 tons in 2003, an increase of 5% as compared to 2,171,000 tons shipped in 2002, due largely to higher billet sales. Our mills rolled 1,972,000 tons, a 3% decrease as compared to 2002. Our minimills melted 2,081,000 tons during the year ended August 31, 2003, which was a decrease of 1% as compared to 2002. Our average total mill selling price at $278 per ton increased $9 (3%) as compared to 2002. Our mill selling price for finished goods increased $12 per ton (4%) in 2003 as compared to 2002. Our average scrap purchase costs in 2003 increased $17 per ton (21%) as compared to 2002. Utility expenses increased by $9.4 million for the year ended August

43


Table of Contents

31, 2003 as compared to 2002. The increase in utility costs was mostly due to higher natural gas costs, although electricity expenses also increased.

     Our copper tube minimill reported an adjusted operating profit of $620 thousand for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to an adjusted operating profit of $5.1 million in 2002. Net sales were 2% lower in 2003 as compared to 2002. Our copper tube shipments increased 4% to 61.9 million pounds during 2003 as compared to 2002. However, our average net selling price for plumbing and refrigeration tube decreased by 7 cents per pound (6%) to $1.17 per pound as compared to $1.24 per pound in 2002. We increased our production to 60.7 million pounds for the year ended August 31, 2003, which was 8% more than the 56.2 million pounds that we produced in 2002. Our average copper scrap price increased 4 cents per pound (6%) during the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. The difference between the sales price ($1.17 and $1.24 in 2003 and 2002, respectively) and copper scrap purchase cost ($0.72 and $0.68 in 2003 and 2002, respectively) are commonly referred to as “the metal spread.” The metal spread declined 21% in 2003 as compared to 2002. Although single family residential construction held up relatively well, other market sectors were weaker which put pressure on selling prices.

     Fabrication. Our fabrication operations were less profitable in 2003 as compared to 2002 primarily due to lower selling prices which more than offset the impact of higher shipments. Our fabrication operations reported an adjusted operating profit of $700 thousand for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to a profit of $30.4 million in 2002. We recorded a $5.2 million gain from the sale of SMI-Owen in March 2002. Also, prior to its sale, SMI-Owen had an adjusted operating profit of $2.9 million for the year ended August 31, 2002. Excluding these items, fabrication adjusted operating profits decreased by $21.6 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. Our fabrication plants shipped 1,028,000 tons in 2003, 4% more than the 984,000 tons shipped during 2002. Our fabricated rebar shipments increased 104,000 tons (19%) as compared to 2002. Lower structural, joist and post plant shipments partially offset this increase. The average fabrication selling price for the year ended August 31, 2003 decreased $72 per ton (12%) to $536 per ton as compared to $608 per ton in 2002. Our rebar fabrication, construction-related products, post and heat treating plants were profitable during the year ended August 31, 2003. Our joist and structural steel fabrication operations recorded losses during 2003 due to lower selling prices and shipments. During the year ended August 31, 2003, the joist plants reduced certain inventory stock values by $1.8 million to their estimated current market value. Also, during the year ended August 31, 2003, we wrote-down $711 thousand of inventory at two of our other fabrication facilities, we recognized a $998 thousand gain on the trade-in of rental forms in construction-related products, and we reduced our deferred insurance proceeds accrual by $937 thousand (see Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus). During 2003, we acquired substantially all of the operating assets of the Denver, Colorado location of Symons Corporation, E.L. Wills in Fresno, California and Dunn Del Re Steel in Chandler, Arizona. The Symons location is a concrete formwork supplier, and E.L. Wills and Dunn Del Re Steel are rebar fabrication operations. The purchase prices for these businesses totaled $14.0 million. No single one of these acquisitions was significant to our operations.

     Recycling. Our recycling segment reported an adjusted operating profit of $15.2 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to an adjusted operating profit of $5.1 million in 2002. All four of the geographic regions where the segment operates were substantially more profitable. Net sales for the year ended August 31, 2003 were $441.4 million, an increase of 17% as compared to our net sales of $378.1 million in 2002. Our gross margins were 24% higher in 2003 as compared to 2002, partially due to controls over costs. The segment processed and shipped 1,639,000 tons of ferrous scrap during the year ended August 31, 2003, an increase of 10% as compared to 2002. Ferrous sales prices were on average $100 per ton, 23% higher than in 2002. Greater demand from overseas markets contributed to this increase, as well as the weaker U.S. dollar.

44


Table of Contents

     Nonferrous markets improved moderately during the year ended August 31, 2003. Our average nonferrous scrap sales price of $1,021 per ton was 8% higher than in 2002, although shipments were 3% lower at 231,000 tons. The total volume of scrap processed, including the steel group’s processing plants, was 2,811,000 tons, an increase of 9% from the 2,568,000 tons processed in 2002.

     Marketing and Distribution. Net sales for the year ended August 31, 2003 for our marketing and distribution segment increased $372.7 million (48%) to $1.15 billion, as compared to 2002 net sales of $777.0 million. Most of the increase related to sales outside of the United States. Adjusted operating profit for the year ended August 31, 2003 was $21.8 million, an increase of 53% as compared to 2002, due mostly to better results from our international operations. International steel prices for flat-rolled products rose and then weakened, because of decreased demand from China, during the first three quarters of 2003. However, the prices for flat-rolled steel products rose again during the fourth quarter. Prices for long products slowly increased during 2003. Our steel shipments increased, except for imports into the U.S. Our business in the U.S. was reduced because of the weak economy and the weaker U.S. dollar. Due to these factors, volumes, prices and margins for nonferrous semi-finished products were lower in 2003 as compared to 2002. However, sales and margins for ores, minerals, ferroalloys and special metals were generally higher. Also, freight costs increased in 2003 as compared to 2002. Our marketing and distribution and service center operations in Australia were more profitable in 2003 as compared to 2002. Our joint venture Europickling facility in Belgium became profitable during 2003. Also, the joint venture arrangements with our 11% investee, Trinecke Zelezarny, a Czech mill, contributed to our sales in Central Europe. Sales into Asia, including China, were strong, especially during the first and second quarters of our fiscal 2003. In July 2003, our international subsidiary entered into a definitive agreement to purchase a controlling interest in CMCZ. This acquisition closed on December 3, 2003.

     Other. Our employees’ retirement plan expenses were 16% lower for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. Discretionary items such as contributions were lower for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. We committed less to these items because 2003 was less profitable. Interest expense for the year ended August 31, 2003 was lower as compared to 2002 due primarily to lower overall interest rates on short-term borrowings and two interest rate swaps on parts of our long-term debt which resulted in lower effective interest rates.

     During 2002, we favorably resolved all issues for our federal income tax returns through 1999. Due to the lack of any material adjustments, we reevaluated the tax accruals and, consequently, reduced the net tax expense by $1.0 million during 2002.

     On August 8, 2003, we increased our commercial paper program to permit maximum borrowings of up to $275 million, up from the prior year $174.5 million level. Commercial paper capacity is reduced by any outstanding standby letters of credit under the 2003 program which totaled $20.6 million at August 31, 2003.

2002 Compared To 2001

     Domestic mills. We include our domestic steel minimills and our copper tube minimill in our domestic mills segment.

     Our domestic mills’ adjusted operating profit in 2002 decreased $1.6 million (4%) as compared to 2001 on $43 million (7%) more net sales. Increased production and shipments at our steel minimills partially offset lower selling prices, increased scrap purchase costs and lower copper tube earnings. Also, we spent less in 2002 on utilities, and we recorded lower depreciation and amortization expense.

45


Table of Contents

     The table below reflects steel and scrap prices per ton:

                 
               
    Year Ended
    August 31,
(dollars per ton)
  2002
  2001
Average mill selling price-total sales
  $ 269     $ 284  
Average mill selling price-finished goods only
    275       290  
Average ferrous scrap purchase price
    80       74  

     During 2002, adjusted operating profit for our four steel minimills rose 27% compared with 2001, despite lower selling prices. SMI South Carolina had a $2.8 million adjusted operating profit in 2002 compared to a $1.6 million loss in 2001. SMI Alabama turned around as well with a $2.5 million adjusted operating profit in 2002 compared to a $2.2 million loss in 2001. Adjusted operating profits at SMI Arkansas were up 4% in the current year period. These improvements more than offset a 7% decline in adjusted operating profits at SMI Texas as compared to 2001. A major reason for the minimills’ improved profitability was a 14% increase in shipments because of continued public projects infrastructure construction. Shipments were 2,171,000 tons in 2002 compared to 1,903,000 in 2001. Mill production also increased over last year. Tons rolled were up 19% to 2,026,000 in 2002. Tons melted were up 17% to 2,100,000 in 2002. Even though demand was strong, the average total mill selling price at $269 per ton was $15 (5%) below last year. Also, in 2002, we sold more semi-finished billets, a product with a lower selling price than our average. Average scrap purchase costs were $6 per ton (8%) higher than in 2001, resulting in smaller margins. Utility expenses declined by $2.4 million as compared to 2001. Decreases in natural gas costs more than offset higher electricity costs. Also, depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $5.2 million in 2002, primarily because SMI-South Carolina fully depreciated its mill rolls and guides as well as certain melt shop equipment. The mills also received $2.5 million from a nonrecurring graphite electrode litigation settlement in 2002.

     Our copper tube minimill’s adjusted operating profit decreased 59% with 7% less net sales as compared to 2001. Copper tube shipments increased 3% from 2001 to a record 59.3 million pounds, and production increased 5% from 2001 to a record 56.2 million pounds. However, average sales prices dropped 10% in 2002 to $1.24 per pound as compared to the average sales price in 2001 of $1.38. The biggest factor was lower apartment and hotel/motel construction. Consequently, demand for plumbing and refrigeration tube was not as strong. The 2002 product mix included increased quantities of HVAC products and line sets. In the marketplace, we continued to adapt to the consolidation among our buyers. The difference between sales price and copper scrap purchase cost (commonly referred to as “the metal spread”), declined 8% in 2002 compared to 2001. Lower raw material purchase costs did not fully compensate for the decline in selling prices.

     Fabrication. Adjusted operating profit in our fabrication businesses increased by $16.3 million (116%) in 2002 as compared to 2001. We achieved this increase in adjusted operating profit in 2002 for three primary reasons: (i) the nonrecurrence of the prior year litigation accrual in the amount of $8.3 million, (ii) the current year gain on the sale of our heavy structural fabrication operation, SMI-Owen, in the amount of $5.2 million and (iii) the nonrecurrence of the prior year joist start-up costs of $8.9 million. Excluding the 2002 gain on the sale of SMI-Owen ($5.2 million), the 2001 litigation accrual ($8.3 million) and the 2001 joist startup costs ($8.9 million), adjusted operating profits in 2002 decreased by $6.1 million (19%) as compared to 2001.

     Near the end of fiscal 2002, we discovered two significant, but unrelated events, requiring retroactive writedowns at two rebar fabrication operations. The total amount of the adjustments required to correct the August 31, 2002 balance sheets of these two facilities was $4.6 million. These adjustments affected

46


Table of Contents

fiscal years from 1999 to 2002. In August 2002, we uncovered a theft and an accounting fraud which occurred over four years at a rebar fabrication plant in South Carolina. The total adjustment required to revert the accounting records to their proper balances was $2.7 million. In September 2002, we discovered accounting errors related to losses on rebar fabrication and placement jobs at one facility in California, some of which date back to its acquisition in fiscal 2000. The resulting charge was $1.9 million. The South Carolina incident resulted in a $900 thousand expense in fiscal 2002. The remaining $3.7 million for both instances was attributed $885 thousand to fiscal 2001, $2.6 million to fiscal 2000, and $227 thousand to 1999, resulting in prior period adjustments to these previously reported financial statements. We took immediate action to strengthen compliance with our internal control policies in the areas of segregation of duties, personnel and management review and oversight. Controllers at both locations were replaced as well as the general manager of the rebar fabrication plant in South Carolina. The steel group has increased the level of detail, the frequency of submission and the amount of review of its operating locations’ reporting. We have renewed emphasis on periodic and timely internal balance sheet audits at all operating locations and completed audits of all its operating locations in fiscal 2003. No major areas of noncompliance were noted. Senior management and area managers of all our locations attended internal meetings led by the CEO and CFO regarding management’s responsibility for internal control, dealing with noncompliance issues and our commitment to only the highest of ethical standards of conduct.

     Fabrication plant shipments totaled 984,000 tons, down fractionally from 986,000 tons shipped in 2001. The average fabrication selling price in 2002 decreased $38 per ton (6%) to $608 per ton as compared to $646 per ton in 2001. Rebar fabrication markets were softer in 2002 as a result of intense competition, and several plants reported losses. During 2002, we acquired the real estate, equipment, inventory and work in process of Varmicon, Inc. in Harlingen, Texas. We now operate this rebar fabrication facility under the name of SMI-Valley Steel. The steel joist operations, which includes cellular and castellated beams, were break even in 2002, an improvement over the loss in 2001. Both prices and shipments decreased, but lower operating costs and shop efficiencies helped significantly. Also, in 2001 these joist operations incurred $8.9 million in start-up costs. Structural steel fabrication profits, excluding SMI-Owen and the prior year litigation accrual, were down in 2002 compared to 2001. However, our concrete-related products operations were more profitable in 2002. We continued to expand this business through the acquisition of Dowel Assembly Manufacturing Company, or DAMCO, in Jackson, Mississippi. DAMCO manufactures dowel baskets and has an epoxy coating business. In 2002, we started Spray Forming International, a stainless steel cladding operation located in South Carolina.

     Recycling. Our recycling segment reported an adjusted operating profit of $5.1 million in 2002 compared with an adjusted operating loss of $2.3 million in 2001. Net sales in 2002 were 4% lower at $378 million as compared to 2001. However, gross margins were 11% above last year, primarily because we shipped 8% more total tons. Demand for ferrous scrap improved both in the U.S. and internationally. The segment processed and shipped 1,494,000 tons of ferrous scrap in 2002, 10% more than in 2001. Ferrous sales prices were on average $81 per ton, an increase of $6 from 2001. Nonferrous shipments were flat at 238,000 tons. The average 2002 nonferrous scrap sales price of $947 per ton was 9% lower than in 2001. Increased productivity, higher asset turnover and reduced costs contributed to the improved 2002 results. The total volume of scrap processed, including the steel group’s processing plants, was 2,568,000 tons, an increase of 11% from the 2,308,000 tons processed in 2001.

     In 2002, we acquired most of the transportation assets of Sampson Steel Corporation in Beaumont, Texas. These assets were combined with our existing scrap processing facility in Beaumont. Also, we closed our Midland, Texas facility, resulting in a writedown of $455,000 on certain equipment.

     Marketing and Distribution. Net sales in 2002 for our marketing and distribution segment increased 1% to $777 million as compared to 2001. Adjusted operating profit in 2002 increased 82% to $14.2

47


Table of Contents

million as compared to 2001, mostly due to better results from our Australian operations. International steel prices and volumes for steel and nonferrous semifinished products improved during the second half of 2002, primarily in the distribution and processing businesses. However, depressed economies, oversupply in most markets and intense competition from domestic suppliers in the respective markets caused compressed margins for numerous steel products, nonferrous metal products and industrial raw materials and products. The U.S. dollar weakened against major currencies, a beneficial development.

     In September 2001, we completed our acquisition of Coil Steels Group, an Australian service center in which we already owned a 22% share. This acquisition provided $2.2 million of additional profits and $69.0 million in net sales during 2002. Sales and profits for the Company’s pre-existing business in Australia also improved significantly. However, this increase in net sales was more than offset by decreased sales in our U.S. operations due to fewer imports into the United States.

     Operating profits for the U.S. divisions improved significantly due to Cometals which returned to more historical levels, and Dallas Trading which benefited from U.S. tariff legislation. Lower margins at Commonwealth on semi-finished products almost offset these improvements. Our European operations’ net sales decreased slightly in 2002 as compared to 2001, but profits improved significantly. The segment’s recent strategy of growing its downstream marketing and distribution business offset the continuing very difficult trading conditions.

     Other. Selling, general and administrative, as well as employees’ retirement plans expenses, were higher in 2002 as compared to 2001, mostly due to our acquisition of Coil Steels Group, or CSG, in 2001 and discretionary items such as bonuses and profit sharing. This increase was consistent with the improvement in our operating profitability. Interest expense decreased by $8.9 million (32%) from 2001 largely due to lower interest rates and much lower average short-term borrowings. Also, during 2002 we entered into two interest rate swaps which resulted in interest expense savings. During 2002, we favorably resolved all issues for our federal income tax returns through 1999. Due to the lack of any material adjustments, we reevaluated the tax accruals and, consequently, reduced the net tax expense by $1.0 million during 2002.

Near-Term Outlook

     We expect our fiscal year ending August 31, 2004 to be significantly more profitable than 2003, primarily due to market improvements, the weakened U.S. dollar, our recent acquisition of CMCZ and productivity improvements. Earnings each month will be significantly influenced by the realized selling prices in our recycling, domestic mill and fabrication segments. We anticipate that the price of steel scrap will stop increasing and could decrease during our third quarter. Therefore, we expect that mill margins and fabrication margins will increase as the year progresses. Assuming that steel scrap prices gradually decrease, and our other selling prices remain substantially flat, we estimate that our net earnings per diluted share (including the impact of adjusting our inventory valuation to the LIFO method) will be between $0.55 and $0.75 for the three months ending May 31, 2004. Interest rates remain historically low, and economic and industry sector trends are generally strong. We expect some slowing of activity in China, because we believe that the government is trying to moderate the country’s growth rate. Supply and demand factors for ferrous and nonferrous scrap are all positive. We anticipate that our overall results will be better in the second half of 2004 as compared to the first half.

     We anticipate our profits will be higher in 2004 in our domestic mills segment as compared to 2003 because of higher metal spreads and increased production, shipments and selling prices. We have implemented several price increases on most of our steel minimill products. Manufacturing margins should improve in the short run as scrap purchase costs moderate, although the benefits of higher volumes and improved pricing will continue to be partially offset by higher energy and other input costs. We are

48


Table of Contents

expecting our selling price increases to become fully effective during the second half of fiscal 2004. As a result, gross margins at our steel minimills should increase.

     As weather improves, we anticipate that our adjusted operating profit at CMCZ will increase during the second half of 2004 as compared to its results since our acquisition.

     We expect the gross margins in our fabrication businesses to improve during the second half of fiscal 2004, as our new backlog was obtained at higher selling prices. However, job losses could increase if steel purchase prices continue to rise. This may particularly affect Lofland resulting in short-term losses for this operation. We believe that these losses will turn around as the backlog which we acquired (which included sales contracts at fixed prices) is depleted. However, Lofland may breakeven or report a slight adjusted operating loss for fiscal 2004. Also, we anticipate that fabrication bad debts may rise due to the negative impact of generally higher prices on some of our weaker customers.

     We anticipate that our recycling segment will report significant profits during the second half of 2004, due to strong demand for steel scrap and nonferrous metal scrap and the effect of reduced competition due to continuing exports resulting from the relatively weak U.S. dollar and continued global demand. Ferrous scrap prices should peak and may decrease. Demand for nonferrous scrap should remain strong.

     Our marketing and distribution segment should remain consistently profitable during our fiscal 2004. We expect that our U.S. operations should be more profitable in 2004 as compared to 2003. Our international operations should continue to be profitable in 2004. Overall prices and volumes should remain constant or increase. Increases in freight costs and bad debt expense could partially offset these positive factors.

     We anticipate that our capital spending for 2004 will be $61 million, excluding acquisition costs for CMCZ and Lofland. Most of these expenditures will be at our steel minimills including a major improvement project at our SMI Texas melt shop and capital expenditures of $6.2 million for CMCZ in Poland.

Long-Term Outlook

     We believe we are well-positioned to exploit long-term opportunities. We expect stronger demand for our products due to the increased possibility of a recovery in demand throughout the major global economies as well as continued growth in developing countries. Emerging countries often have a higher growth rate for steel and nonferrous metals consumption. We believe that the demand will increase in Asia, particularly in China, as well as in Central and Eastern Europe.

     We believe that there will be further consolidation in the industries in which we participate, and we plan to continue to participate in a prudent way. The reasons for further consolidation include an inadequate return on capital for most companies, numerous bankruptcies, a high degree of fragmentation, the need to eliminate non-competitive capacity and more effective marketing.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     We discuss liquidity and capital resources on a consolidated basis. Our discussion includes the sources and uses of our five operating segments and centralized corporate functions. We have a centralized treasury function and use inter-company loans to efficiently manage the short-term cash needs of our operating divisions. We invest any excess funds centrally.

49


Table of Contents

     We rely upon cash flows from operating activities, and to the extent necessary, external short-term financing sources for liquidity. Our short-term financing sources include the issuance of commercial paper, sales of certain accounts receivable, short-term trade financing arrangements and borrowing under our bank credit facilities. From time to time, we have issued long-term public debt and private debt placements. Our investment grade credit ratings and general business conditions affect our access to external financing on a cost-effective basis. Depending on the price of our common stock, we may realize significant cash flows from the exercise of stock options.

     Moody’s Investors Service (P-2) and Standard & Poor’s Corporation (A-2) rate our $275 million commercial paper program in the second highest category. To support our commercial paper program, we have an unsecured, contractually committed revolving credit agreement with a group of sixteen banks. Our $275 million facility expires in August 2006. This agreement provides for borrowing in U.S. dollars with the interest rate indexed to LIBOR. The spread over LIBOR may vary between 33 basis points and 105 basis points based upon the rating of our non-credit enhanced senior unsecured long-term debt by Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s Corporation. Actual borrowings are subject to a facility fee which may vary between 17 and 45 basis points based on the same debt ratings. In addition, if we borrow more than 33% of the authorized borrowings under the credit agreement, we will incur an additional 12.5 basis point fee on actual borrowings. No compensating balances are required. The credit agreement serves as a backup to our commercial paper program. We plan to continue our commercial paper program and the revolving credit agreements in comparable amounts to support the commercial paper program.

     Our long-term public debt was $360 million at February 29, 2004 and is investment grade rated by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (BBB) and by Moody’s Investors Service (Baa2). On November 5, 2003, Moody’s Investors Service downgraded our senior unsecured debt rating from Baa1 to Baa2, but changed its outlook from negative to stable, equal to that of Standard & Poor’s. This increased the annual facility fee on our revolving credit agreement by $137,500. While Moody’s may consider many factors in the determination of our debt ratings, the primary reasons given by Moody’s in its rating action included our level of return on assets, cumulative free cash flow and the debt and integration risks associated with our acquisition of CMCZ. We believe we will have access to the public markets for potential refinancing or the issuance of additional long-term debt. During the six months ended February 29, 2004, we purchased $90 million of our 7.20% notes otherwise due in 2005 and issued $200 million of our 5.625% notes due 2013. See Note F, Long-term Debt, to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended February 29, 2004 incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Also, we have numerous informal, uncommitted, non-binding, short-term credit facilities available from domestic and international banks. These credit facilities are priced at bankers’ acceptance rates on a cost of funds basis.

     On March 26, 2004, we refinanced CMCZ’s notes payable with a five year term note with a group of four banks for 150 million PLN ($38.4 million) and a revolving credit facility with maximum borrowings of 60 million PLN ($15.4 million). The term note and the revolving credit facility contain certain financial covenants for CMCZ. We have not issued any guarantees for this debt. See Note F – Long-Term Debt, to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2004 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

     In order to facilitate certain trade transactions, especially international, we utilize bank letters of credit to provide assurance of payment to our suppliers. These letters of credit may be for prompt payment or for payment at a future date conditional upon the bank finding the documentation presented to be in strict compliance with all terms and conditions of the letter of credit. Our banks issue these letters of credit under informal, uncommitted, non-binding, short-term lines of credit which are in addition to the committed revolving credit agreement. In some cases, if our suppliers choose to discount the future dated obligation we may absorb the discount cost.

50


Table of Contents

     Credit ratings affect our ability to obtain short- and long-term financing and the cost of such financing. If the rating agencies were to reduce our credit ratings, we would pay higher financing costs and probably would have less availability of the informal, uncommitted facilities. In determining our credit ratings, the rating agencies consider a number of both quantitative and qualitative factors. These factors include earnings, fixed charges such as interest, cash flows, total debt outstanding, off balance sheet obligations and other commitments, total capitalization and various ratios calculated from these factors. The rating agencies also consider predictability of cash flows, business strategy, industry conditions and contingencies. Maintaining our investment grade ratings is a high priority for us.

     Certain of our financing agreements include various covenants. Our credit agreement and our accounts receivable securitization program described in “Off Balance Sheet Arrangement” below contain financial covenants which require that we (a) not permit our ratio of consolidated funded debt to total capitalization (each, as defined in the agreements) to be greater than 0.55 to 1.00 at any time and (b) not permit our ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense (each, as defined in the agreements) to be less than 3.00 to 1.00 for the past four consecutive fiscal quarters. In addition, these agreements contain covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things,

   
 
    create liens;
   
 
 
    enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
   
 
    sell assets;
   
 
 
   
 
    in the case of some of our subsidiaries, guarantee debt; and
   
 
 
   
 
    consolidate or merge.
   
 

     Our revolving credit and accounts receivable securitization agreements include ratings triggers. The triggers are solely the means to reset pricing for facility fees and any borrowings or fundings.

     The indenture governing our 7.20% notes due 2005, 6.80% notes due 2007, 6.75% notes due 2009 and the notes contains restrictions on our ability to create liens, sell assets, enter into sale and leaseback transaction, consolidate or merge and limits the ability of some of our subsidiaries to incur certain types of debt or to guarantee debt. A few of our financing agreements provide that if we default on the terms of another financing agreement, it is considered a default under these agreements. We have complied with the requirements, including the covenants of our financing agreements, as of and for the three months ended February 29, 2004. As of and for the year ended August 31, 2003, our ratio of consolidated debt to total capitalization was 0.34 to 1.00 and our ratio of consolidated EBITDA to interest expense was 7.0 to 1.00. At February 29, 2004, our ratio of consolidated debt to total capitalization was 0.41 to 1.00. Our ratio of consolidated EBITDA to interest expense for the six months ended February 29, 2004 was 8.25 to 1.00, which was approximately equal to the EBITDA ratio for the past four consecutive quarters.

     Our manufacturing and recycling businesses are capital intensive. Our capital requirements include construction, purchases of equipment and maintenance capital at existing facilities. We plan to invest in new operations, working capital to support the growth of our businesses, and pay dividends to our stockholders.

     We continue to assess alternative means of raising capital, including potential dispositions of under-performing or non-strategic assets. Any potential future major acquisitions could require additional financing from external sources such as the issuance of common or preferred stock.

51


Table of Contents

     Off Balance Sheet Arrangement. For added flexibility, we may utilize a securitization program that allows us to obtain financing through sales of certain accounts receivable in an amount not to exceed $130 million and direct sales of accounts receivable. We may continually sell accounts receivable on an ongoing basis to replace those receivables that have been collected from our customers. See Note D – Sales of Accounts Receivable, to the condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended February 29, 2004 incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The securitization program contains certain cross-default provisions whereby a termination event could occur should we default under another credit arrangement. On April 22, 2004, the program was amended. As a result of the amendment, a different termination event based on our credit ratings that had been included in the program, was eliminated. We use the securitization program as a source of funding that is not reliant on either our short-term commercial paper program or our revolving credit facility. As such, we do not believe that any reductions in the capacity or termination of the securitization program would materially impact our financial position, cash flows or liquidity because we have access to other sources of external funding.

     Cash Flows. Our cash flows from operating activities primarily result from sales of steel and related products, and to a lesser extent, sales of nonferrous metal products. We also sell and rent construction-related products and accessories. We have a diverse and generally stable customer base. We use futures or forward contracts as needed to mitigate the risks from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and metals commodity prices. See Note H, Derivatives and Risk Management, to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended February 29, 2004 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

     The volume and pricing of orders from our U.S. customers in the construction sector affects our cash flows from operating activities. The pace of economic expansion and retraction of major industrialized markets outside of the United States also significantly affects our cash flows from operating activities. The weather can influence the volume of products we ship in any given period. Also, the general economy, the strength of the U.S. dollar, governmental action, and various other factors beyond our control influence our volume and prices. Periodic fluctuations in our prices and volumes can result in variations in cash flows from operations. Despite these fluctuations, we have historically relied on operating activities as a steady source of cash.

     We used $80.7 million of net cash flows in our operating activities for the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to the $52.7 million of net cash flows used by our operating activities for the six months ended February 28, 2003. Net earnings were $28.6 million higher for the six months ended February 29, 2004 as compared to 2003. However, net working capital increased by $70 million to $483 million at February 29, 2004 from $399 million at August 31, 2003, excluding the effect of our acquisitions of CMCZ and Lofland. Accounts receivable (excluding CMCZ and Lofland) increased $143 million. Although accounts receivable increased in all segments primarily due to higher selling prices and shipments, the majority of the increases were in recycling and marketing and distribution. Inventories increased $142 million due to higher purchase costs, higher quantities in anticipation of increased sales, goods in transit and foreign currency fluctuations primarily in Australia. The majority of the increase was in our marketing and distribution, domestic mills and fabrication segments.

     The decrease in net cash flows from operating activities during the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 primarily resulted from increases in working capital, as a result of increased accounts receivable and inventories. Net sales in the fourth quarter of each respective year were significantly higher than in the fourth quarter of the previous year, resulting in more accounts receivable at year end. Also, in 2001, additional cash flows were generated from the accounts receivable securitization program which we implemented in June 2001. Inventories increased in 2003 and 2002 primarily due to higher costs and higher inventory quantities at the minimills. Steel fabrication and post inventory quantities

52


Table of Contents

increased as well. Marketing and distribution inventories increased due to shipments in transit and customer delays. For the year ended August 31, 2001, inventories decreased due to management’s emphasis on improving cash flows and reducing long-term debt. Accounts payable in 2002 increased due to higher inventory purchases and extended terms with certain vendors.

     Excluding the acquisitions of Lofland and CMCZ, we invested $14.6 million in property, plant and equipment during the six months ended February 29, 2004, which was less than during 2003. We expect our capital spending for fiscal 2004 to be $61 million, excluding our acquisitions of CMCZ and Lofland. We assess our capital spending each quarter and reevaluate our requirements based upon current and expected results.

     In November 2003, we issued $200 million of long-term notes due in 2013. The proceeds from that offering were used to purchase $90 million of our notes otherwise due in 2005, and finance our purchases of CMCZ and Lofland.

     At February 29, 2004, 28,825,642 common shares were issued and outstanding, with 3,439,524 held in our treasury. During the six months ended February 29, 2004, we received $12.9 million from stock issued under our employee incentive and stock purchase plans as compared to $4.5 million for the same period in 2003. We paid dividends of $4.5 million during the six months ended February 29, 2004, approximately the same amount as we paid during the same period in 2003. We purchased no shares of our common stock during the six months ended February 29, 2004.

     For the twelve months following February 29, 2004, our long-term debt service requirements will be minimal, as the earliest maturity of principal is for $10 million to be paid in July 2005. Our $9 million short-term trade financing arrangement will be self-liquidating with cash flows from our operating activities. We believe that we have sufficient liquidity from cash flows from operating activities and our short-term financing arrangements to enable us to meet our contractual obligations for the next twelve months.

Contractual Obligations

     The following table represents our contractual obligations as of February 29, 2004 (dollars in thousands):
                                         
                                       
            Payments Due Within *
                    2-3   4-5   After
    Total
  1 Year
  Years
  Years
  5 Years
Contractual Obligations:
                                       
Long-term Debt (1)
  $ 363,706     $ 804     $ 11,191     $ 51,639     $ 300,072  
Interest
    159,451       22,263       43,193       37,717       56,278  
Operating Leases (2)
    51,969       10,996       13,457       7,434       20,082  
Unconditional Purchase Obligations (3)
    210,447       45,076       90,109       61,191       14,071  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Contractual Cash Obligations
  $ 785,573     $ 79,139     $ 157,950     $ 157,981     $ 390,503  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

*     Cash obligations herein are not discounted.

(1)     Total amounts are included in the February 29, 2004 condensed consolidated balance sheet. See Note F – Long-Term Debt, to the condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended

53


Table of Contents

          February 29, 2004 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

(2)     Includes minimum lease payment obligations for noncancelable equipment and real-estate leases in effect as of February 29, 2004.

(3)     About 78% of these purchase obligations are for inventory items to be sold in the ordinary course of business; most of the remainder are for supplies associated with normal revenue-producing activities.

Other Commercial Commitments

     We maintain stand-by letters of credit to provide support for certain transactions that our customers and suppliers request. At February 29, 2004, we had committed $24.4 million under these arrangements. All of the commitments expire within one year.

     At the request of a customer and its surety bond issuer, we have agreed to indemnify the surety against all costs the surety may incur should our customer fail to perform its obligations under construction contracts covered by payment and performance bonds issued by the surety. We are the customer’s primary supplier of steel, and steel is a substantial portion of our customer’s cost to perform the contracts. We believe we have adequate controls to monitor the customer’s performance under the contracts including payment for the steel we supply. As of February 29, 2004, the surety had issued bonds in the total amount (without reduction for the work performed to date) of $10.0 million which are subject to our guaranty obligation under the indemnity agreement.

Contingencies

     In the ordinary course of conducting our business, we become involved in litigation, administrative proceedings, government investigations including environmental matters, and contract disputes. We may incur settlements, fines, penalties or judgments because of some of these matters. While we are unable to estimate precisely the ultimate dollar amount of exposure or loss in connection with these matters, we make accruals we deem necessary. The amounts we accrue could vary substantially from amounts we pay due to several factors including the following: evolving remediation technology, changing regulations, possible third-party contributions, the inherent shortcomings of the estimation process, and the uncertainties involved in litigation. Accordingly, we cannot always estimate a meaningful range of possible exposure. We believe that we have adequately provided in our financial statements for the estimable potential impact of these contingencies. We also believe that the outcomes will not significantly affect the long-term results of operations or our financial position. However, they may have a material impact on earnings for a particular period.

     Construction Contract Disputes. See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

Environmental and Other Matters

     General. We are subject to federal, state and local pollution control laws and regulations. We anticipate that compliance with these laws and regulations will involve continuing capital expenditures and operating costs.

     Our original business and one of our core businesses for over eight decades is metals recycling. In the present era of conservation of natural resources and ecological concerns, we are committed to sound ecological and business conduct. Certain governmental regulations regarding environmental concerns,

54


Table of Contents

however well intentioned, are contrary to the goal of greater recycling. Such regulations expose us and the industry to potentially significant risks.

     We believe that recycled materials are commodities that are diverted by recyclers, such as us, from the solid waste streams because of their inherent value. Commodities are materials that are purchased and sold in public and private markets and commodities exchanges every day around the world. They are identified, purchased, sorted, processed and sold in accordance with carefully established industry specifications.

     Environmental agencies at various federal and state levels classify certain recycled materials as hazardous substances and subject recyclers to material remediation costs, fines and penalties. Taken to extremes, such actions could cripple the recycling industry and undermine any national goal of material conservation. Enforcement, interpretation, and litigation involving these regulations are not well developed.

     Solid and Hazardous Waste. We currently own or lease, and in the past owned or leased, properties that have been used in our operations. Although we used operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time, wastes may have been disposed or released on or under the properties or on or under locations where such wastes have been taken for disposal. We are currently involved in the investigation and remediation of several such properties. State and federal laws applicable to wastes and contaminated properties have gradually become stricter over time. Under new laws, we could be required to remediate properties impacted by previously disposed wastes. We have been named as a potentially responsible party at a number of contaminated sites.

     We generate wastes, including hazardous wastes, that are subject to the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state and/or local statutes where we operate. These statutes, regulations and laws may have limited disposal options for certain wastes.

     Superfund. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, or an equivalent state agency notified us that we are considered a potentially responsible party, or PRP, at fourteen sites, none owned by us. We may be obligated under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, or CERCLA, or a similar state statute to conduct remedial investigation, feasibility studies, remediation and/or removal of alleged releases of hazardous substances or to reimburse the EPA for such activities. We are involved in litigation or administrative proceedings with regard to several of these sites in which we are contesting, or at the appropriate time we may contest, our liability at the sites. In addition, we have received information requests with regard to other sites which may be under consideration by the EPA as potential CERCLA sites.

     Because of the various factors including the ambiguity of the regulations, the difficulty of identifying the responsible parties for any particular site, the complexity of determining the relative liability among them, the uncertainty as to the most desirable remediation techniques and the amount of damages and cleanup costs and the extended time periods over which such costs may be incurred, we cannot reasonably estimate our ultimate costs of compliance with CERCLA. At August 31, 2003, based on currently available information, which is in many cases preliminary and incomplete, we believe that our aggregate liability for cleanup and remediation costs in connection with seven of the fourteen sites will be between $221 thousand and $1.2 million. We have accrued for these liabilities based upon our best estimates. We are not able to estimate the possible range of loss on the other seven sites. The amounts paid and the expenses incurred on these fourteen sites for the year ended August 31, 2003 were not material. Historically the amounts that we have ultimately paid for such remediation activities have not been material.

55


Table of Contents

     Clean Water Act. The Clean Water Act (“CWA”) imposes restrictions and strict controls regarding the discharge of wastes into waters of the United States, a term broadly defined. These controls have become more stringent over time and it is probable that additional restrictions will be imposed in the future. Permits must generally be obtained to discharge pollutants into federal waters; comparable permits may be required at the state level. The CWA and many state agencies provide for civil, criminal and administrative penalties for unauthorized discharges of pollutants. In addition, the EPA has promulgated regulations that may require us to obtain permits to discharge storm water runoff. In the event of an unauthorized discharge, we may be liable for penalties and costs.

     Clean Air Act. Our operations are subject to regulations at the federal, state and local level for the control of emissions from sources of air pollution. New and modified sources of air pollutants are often required to obtain permits prior to commencing construction, modification and/or operations. Major sources of air pollutants are subject to more stringent requirements, including the potential need for additional permits and to increased scrutiny in the context of enforcement. The EPA has been implementing its stationary emission control program through expanded enforcement of the New Source Review Program. Under this program, new or modified sources are required to construct what is referred to as the Best Available Control Technology. Additionally, the EPA is implementing new, more stringent standards for ozone and fine particulate matter. The EPA recently has promulgated new national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants for steel mills which will require all major sources in this category to meet the standards by reflecting application of maximum achievable control technology. Compliance with the new standards could require additional expenditures.

     In fiscal 2003, we incurred environmental expense of $11.8 million. This expense included the cost of environmental personnel at various divisions, permit and license fees, accruals and payments for studies, tests, assessments, remediation, consultant fees, baghouse dust removal and various other expenses. Approximately $4.2 million of our capital expenditures for 2003 related to costs directly associated with environmental compliance. At August 31, 2003, $2.9 million was accrued for environmental liabilities of which $1.3 million is classified as other long-term liabilities.

Dividends

     We have paid quarterly cash dividends in each of the past 40 consecutive years. We paid dividends in the six months ended February 29, 2004 and for the year ended August 31, 2003 at the rate of 8 cents per share each quarter.

56


Table of Contents

COMPANY OVERVIEW

     We manufacture, recycle, market and distribute steel and metal products and related materials and services through a network of locations located throughout the United States and internationally. Steel products represent over 60% of our net sales for the year ended August 31, 2003. We consider our business to be organized into five segments: domestic mills, CMCZ (acquired December 2003), fabrication, recycling, and marketing and distribution. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, we derived approximately 34% of our adjusted operating profit from our domestic mills segment, approximately 1% from our fabrication segment, approximately 27% from our recycling segment and approximately 38% from our marketing and distribution segment. Also, see Note J, Business Segments, to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended February 29, 2004 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

     Domestic Mills Segment

     Our steel manufacturing capacity is approximately 2.3 million tons, and we produce reinforcing bars, light and mid-size structurals, angles, channels, beams, special bar quality rounds and flats, squares and special sections used in the construction, manufacturing, steel fabrication, warehousing and original equipment manufacturing industries. For a discussion of certain risks affecting our manufacturing business, see “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Industry.” Our copper tube mill has approximately 80.0 million pounds of capacity and manufactures copper water, air conditioning and refrigeration tubing.

     CMCZ

     Our minimill in Zawiercie, Poland is similar to our domestic mills with total annual capacity of over 1 million metric tons consisting of reinforcing bar (rebar) and wire rod products as well as merchant bar. With this acquisition in December 2003, we have become a significant manufacturer of rebar and wire rod in a key Central European market.

     Fabrication Segment

     Our steel fabrication capacity is approximately 1.1 million tons. We operate facilities that fabricate reinforcing and structural steel, manufacture joints, manufacture fence posts, sell construction related products and provide other products and services.

     Recycling Segment

     Our recycling segment is one of the largest processors of scrap nonferrous metals and a major regional processor of ferrous metals in the Southeastern and Southwestern United States. Our recycling plants processed and shipped approximately 1.9 million tons of scrap metal in the year ended August 31, 2003, not including 900,000 tons processed by the manufacturing segment’s plants. Recycling metals provides substantial savings in energy compared to producing metal from virgin raw materials. The recycling segment operates 34 secondary metal processing facilities in addition to the ten recycling facilities operated by our steel group as a part of our manufacturing segment.

57


Table of Contents

     Marketing and Distribution Segment

     Our marketing and distribution segment buys and sells primary and secondary metals, fabricated metals and other industrial products through a global network of offices which also provide technical information, financing, chartering of vessels, storage, insurance and hedging for our customers. Although we do engage in hedging transactions to mitigate the risks associated with certain transactions, we do not, as a matter of policy, speculate on changes in the commodities markets. This segment sold approximately 2.1 million tons of steel products during the year ended August 31, 2003.

58


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

     We issued the old notes, and will issue the new notes, under the Indenture, dated as of July 31, 1995 (the “Original Indenture Date”), between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank (successor to The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee (the “Trustee”), as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 12, 2003 (as so supplemented, the “Indenture”). The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes, and the new notes and the old notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the Indenture. The terms of the notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The Company has in the past issued, and may from time to time in the future issue, additional series of debt securities under the Indenture. Such other debt securities may have terms and conditions that are different from the terms and conditions of the notes.

     The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and the notes. We urge you to read the entire Indenture. You may request copies of the Indenture at our address set forth under the heading “Incorporation By Reference.” Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Indenture. In this description, the words “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer only to Commercial Metals Company and not to any of its subsidiaries. In addition, the old notes are subject to restrictions on transfer as described more fully in the Indenture.

Title

     5.625% Senior Notes due 2013.

Principal Amount of Notes

     We will issue up to an aggregate principal amount of $200,000,000 of new notes in the exchange offer. We will issue the new notes in integral multiples of $1,000, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, and sales in book-entry form may be effected only through a participating member of DTC. See “Book-Entry System.” We may from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the noteholders, increase the aggregate principal amount of our debt under the Indenture by creating and issuing further notes under the Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the notes being offered hereby, except for issue date, issue price, preissuance accrued interest and first interest payment date. Any further notes will be consolidated and form a single series with the notes and will have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the notes. Any further notes will be issued by or pursuant to a resolution of our Board of Directors or a supplement to the Indenture.

Maturity of Notes

     The notes will mature on November 15, 2013.

Interest Rate on Notes

     The interest rate on the notes is 5.625% per annum, computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Date Interest Begins to Accrue on New Notes

     Interest on the new notes will accrue from the date of original issuance.

59


Table of Contents

Interest Payment Dates

     We will pay interest on the notes semi-annually on each May 15 and November 15 (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest payable on each Interest Payment Date will include interest accrued from and including the date of original issuance, or from and including the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, to but excluding the applicable Interest Payment Date.

First Interest Payment Date

     The first interest payment date for the notes will be May 15, 2004.

Regular Record Dates for Interest

     We will pay interest payable on any Interest Payment Date to the person in whose name a note is registered at the close of business on May 1 or November 1, as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Paying Agent

     The Trustee will initially be the securities registrar and paying agent and will act as such only at its offices in New York, New York. We may at any time designate additional paying agents or rescind the designations or approve a change in the offices where they act.

Ranking

     The notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes rank junior to any of our secured debt to the extent of the assets securing such debt and are structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries, including trade payables.

Optional Redemption

     The notes are redeemable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time, at our option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of:

    100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed; or
 
    the sum of the present values, calculated as of the redemption date, of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the then current Treasury Rate plus 20 basis points.

plus, in each case, we will pay accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to the date of redemption.

     “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term (“Remaining Life”) of the notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary

60


Table of Contents

financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes.

     “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

     “Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers that we appoint to act as the Independent Investment Banker from time to time.

     “Reference Treasury Dealer” means each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Banc of America Securities LLC and their respective successors, and two other firms that are primary U.S. Government securities dealers (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) which we specify from time to time; provided, however, that if any of them ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, we will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

     “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

     “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per year equal to: (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue; provided that, if no maturity is within three months before or after the Remaining Life of the notes to be redeemed, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from those yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month, or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third business day preceding the redemption date.

     Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of record of the notes to be redeemed at its registered address. The notice of redemption for the notes will state, among other things, the amount of notes to be redeemed, the redemption date, the manner of calculation of the redemption price and the place or places that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of notes to be redeemed. Unless we default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on any notes that have been called for redemption at the redemption date.

Limitation on Liens

     The Indenture provides that we may not, and may not permit any Principal Subsidiary to, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any Principal Property, or upon any shares of stock of any Principal

61


Table of Contents

Subsidiary, whether such Principal Property or shares were owned as of the Original Indenture Date or thereafter acquired, to secure any Debt without making, or causing such Principal Subsidiary to make, effective provision for securing the notes and other debt securities issued under the Indenture equally and ratably with, or prior to, such Debt, unless after giving effect thereto, the sum of the following:

  (A)   the principal amount of Debt secured by all Liens incurred after the Original Indenture Date and otherwise prohibited by the Indenture as in effect with respect to the notes or any other debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture; and
 
  (B)   the Attributable Debt of all Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into after the Original Indenture Date and otherwise prohibited by the Indenture as in effect with respect to the notes or any other debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

     The foregoing restrictions will not apply to Liens existing at the Original Indenture Date or to the following:

  (1)   Liens securing only debt securities issued under the Indenture;
 
  (2)   Liens in favor of only the Company;
 
  (3)   Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Principal Subsidiary but only to the extent such Liens cover such property;
 
  (4)   Liens on property existing immediately prior to the time of acquisition thereof and not in anticipation of the financing of such acquisition;
 
  (5)   any Lien upon a Principal Property, including any property that becomes a Principal Property after acquisition thereof, to secure Debt incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of construction or improvement thereof incurred within six months after the later of the purchase thereof and the completion of construction or improvements thereon;
 
  (6)   Liens to secure Debt incurred to extend, renew, refinance or refund Debt secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (1) to (5); and
 
  (7)   any Lien securing Debt we owe to a wholly owned Principal Subsidiary.

     “Attributable Debt” means the present value (discounted at the per annum rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America National Trust & Savings Association as its “Reference Rate” or “Prime Rate”, provided, that if Bank of America National Trust & Savings Association is no longer announcing a Reference Rate or Prime Rate, the per annum rate of interest shall be the Prime Rate most recently published in The Wall Street Journal, in either case compounded monthly) of the obligations for rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of any lease of more than 12 months.

     “Capital Lease Obligation” of any Person means the obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of, or other indebtedness arrangements conveying the right to use, real or personal property of such Person which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on the face of a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The stated maturity of such obligation, as of any date (the “measurement date”), shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date after the measurement

62


Table of Contents

date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee, at its sole option, without payment of a penalty.

     “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the net book value of all assets of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, excluding any amounts carried as assets for shares of capital stock held in treasury, debt discount and expense, goodwill, patents, trademarks and other intangible assets, less all liabilities of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (except Funded Debt, minority interests in Consolidated Subsidiaries, deferred taxes and general contingency reserves of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries), which in each case would be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of determination, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     “Consolidated Tangible Net Worth” means the total stockholders’ equity of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and reflected on the most recent balance sheet of the Company, excluding any amounts carried as assets for shares of capital stock held in treasury, debt discount and expense, goodwill, patents, trademarks and other intangible assets.

     “Debt” means, without duplication, with respect to any Person the following:

  (1)   every obligation of such Person for money borrowed;
 
  (2)   every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
 
  (3)   every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; and
 
  (4)   every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (3) of another Person the payment of which such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, but only, in the case of clause (4), to the extent such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for such obligations.

     “Funded Debt” means the following:

  (1)   all Debt of the Company and each Principal Subsidiary maturing on, or renewable or extendable at the option of the obligor to, a date more than one year from the date of the determination thereof;
 
  (2)   Capital Lease Obligations payable on a date more than one year from the date of the determination thereof;
 
  (3)   guarantees, direct or indirect, and other contingent obligations of the Company and each Principal Subsidiary in respect of, or to purchase or otherwise acquire or be responsible or liable for, through the investment of funds or otherwise, any obligations of the type described in the foregoing clauses (1) or (2) of others, but not including contingent liabilities on customers’ receivables sold with recourse; and
 
  (4)   amendments, renewals, extensions and refundings of any obligations of the type described in the foregoing clauses (1), (2) or (3).

63


Table of Contents

     “Lien” means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, lien, encumbrance, or other security arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

     “Principal Property” means any facility, together with the land on which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof, used primarily for manufacturing, processing, research, warehousing or distribution, owned or leased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company and having a net book value in excess of 3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, other than any such facility or portion thereof which is a pollution control facility financed by state or local government obligations or is not of material importance to the total business conducted or assets owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries as an entirety, or any assets or properties acquired with Net Available Proceeds (defined below) from a Sale and Leaseback Transaction that are irrevocably designated by the Company or a Subsidiary as a Principal Property, which designation shall be made in writing to the Trustee.

     “Principal Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that owns or leases a Principal Property or owns or controls stock which under ordinary circumstances has the voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of a Principal Subsidiary.

     “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” of any Person means an arrangement with any lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party providing for the leasing by such Person of any Principal Property that within 12 months of the start of such lease and after the Reference Date, has been or is being sold, conveyed, transferred or otherwise disposed of by such Person to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such property. The term of such arrangement, as of any date (the “measurement date”), shall end on the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such arrangement on or prior to the first date after the measurement date on which such arrangement may be terminated by the lessee, at its sole option, without payment of a penalty. “Sale Transaction” means any such sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition. The “Reference Date” means, for any property that becomes a Principal Property, the last day of the sixth month after the date of the acquisition, completion of construction and commencement of operation of such property.

     “Subsidiary of the Company” means any corporation of which the Company directly or indirectly owns or controls stock which under ordinary circumstances, not dependent upon the happening of a contingency, has the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation.

Limitation on Funded Debt of Principal Subsidiaries

     The Indenture provides that we will not permit any Principal Subsidiary to incur or assume, directly or indirectly, any Funded Debt unless immediately after giving effect thereto and the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Funded Debt of all Principal Subsidiaries other than Funded Debt owed to us or another directly or indirectly wholly-owned Subsidiary does not exceed 30% of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The provisions of this limitation will not prevent the following:

  (1)   any Funded Debt of a Principal Subsidiary owed to us or another Principal Subsidiary;
 
  (2)   any Funded Debt from a mortgage permitted under the provisions described in clauses (1) through (7) in the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Liens”; or

64


Table of Contents

  (3)   any extension, renewal or refunding in whole or in part, without increase in amount, of any Funded Debt (a) of a Principal Subsidiary as aforementioned, (b) of a Principal Subsidiary outstanding at the Original Indenture Date or (c) of any corporation outstanding at the time it becomes a Principal Subsidiary.

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

     Neither the Company nor any Principal Subsidiary may enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless:

  (1)   the Company or such Principal Subsidiary could incur a mortgage on such property under the restrictions described above under “Limitations on Liens” in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to the Sale and Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the notes; or
 
  (2)   the Company or a Principal Subsidiary, within 270 days, applies the Net Available Proceeds from the Sale and Leaseback Transaction to any combination of the following:

  (a)   the retirement of its Funded Debt;
 
  (b)   the purchase of other property or assets which will (I) constitute Principal Property and (II) have an aggregate value of at least the consideration paid for such property or assets; or
 
  (c)   Capital Expenditures with respect to any existing Principal Property, subject to credits for certain voluntary retirements of Funded Debt.

This restriction will not apply to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction involving the taking back of a lease for a period of less than three years.

     “Net Available Proceeds” from any Sale and Leaseback Transaction by any Person means cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received (including by way of sale or discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiree of indebtedness or obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction or received in any other noncash form) therefrom by such Person, net of the following:

  (1)   all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability as a consequence of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction;
 
  (2)   all payments made by such Person or its subsidiaries on any indebtedness which is secured in whole or in part by any such properties and assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to any such properties and assets or which must, by the terms of such Lien or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and
 
  (3)   all distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in subsidiaries of such Person or joint ventures as a result of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

65


Table of Contents

Restrictions on Merger and Sale of Assets

     The Indenture provides that we may not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease our properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and we may not permit any Person to consolidate with or merge into us or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to us, unless:

  (1)   the Person, if other than the Company, formed by such consolidation or into which we are merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall expressly assume the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all the notes and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
 
  (2)   immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any indebtedness which becomes our obligation or an obligation of any Principal Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by us or such Principal Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Event of Default under the Indenture, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default under the Indenture, shall have happened and be continuing; and
 
  (3)   if, as a result of any such transaction, property or assets of the Company or any Principal Subsidiary would become subject to a Lien which would not be permitted by the limitations on Liens contained in the Indenture, we or, if applicable, our successor, as the case may be, shall take such steps as shall be necessary to effectively secure the notes equally and ratably with, or prior to, the Debt secured by such Lien.

Events of Default

     Each of the following is an Event of Default for the notes:

  (1)   failure to pay principal of, or premium, if any, on the notes when due;
 
  (2)   failure to pay any interest on the notes when due, continued for 30 days;
 
  (3)   failure to perform any other covenant of the Company in the Indenture, other than a covenant the performance of which is dealt with specifically elsewhere in the Indenture or which has been included in the Indenture solely for the benefit of series of debt securities other than the notes, continuing for 60 days after written notice as provided in the Indenture;
 
  (4)   failure to pay when due, after applicable grace periods as provided in the Indenture, the principal of, or the acceleration of, any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Principal Subsidiary having an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of an amount equal to 3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, if such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not annulled, within ten days after written notice as provided in the Indenture; and
 
  (5)   certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization.

The notice referred to in clauses (3) and (4) may be given by the Trustee under the Indenture or by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding notes. In case an Event of Default under the Indenture occurs and is continuing, then, subject to the provisions of the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act relating to the duties of the Trustee under the Indenture, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any

66


Table of Contents

of the noteholders, unless the noteholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes Outstanding shall have the right, subject to such provisions for indemnification of the Trustee to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee under the Indenture or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the notes.

     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the notes Outstanding may, by a notice in writing to us, and to the Trustee if given by noteholders, declare to be due and payable immediately the principal amount of the notes. However, at any time after such a declaration of acceleration of the notes has been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the holders of a majority in the principal amount of the notes Outstanding may, subject to certain conditions, rescind and annul such acceleration. For information as to waiver of defaults, see “—Modification and Waiver” herein.

     No holder of any notes will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such holder of notes shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes Outstanding shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a holder of notes for enforcement of payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and any interest on the notes on or after the respective due dates expressed in the notes.

     We will be required to furnish to the Trustee annually a statement as to whether we are in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold notice to the noteholders of any default, except in payment of principal, any premium or interest, if it considers it in the interest of the noteholders to do so.

Modification and Waiver

     Together with the Trustee, we may modify the Indenture without the consent of the noteholders for limited purposes, including but not limited to adding to our covenants or events of default, securing the notes, establishing terms of additional notes, appointing a substitute trustee, curing ambiguities and making other changes that do not adversely affect the rights of the noteholders in any material respect. In addition, we and the Trustee may make modifications and amendments to the Indenture with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding debt securities of each series of notes affected by such modification; provided, however, that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each such Outstanding debt security affected thereby,

  (1)   change the stated maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal or interest on any note,
 
  (2)   reduce the principal amount of or the rate of interest or the premium, if any, on any note,
 
  (3)   change the place or currency of payment of principal of or interest or the premium, if any, on any note,
 
  (4)   impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment with respect to the notes on or after the stated maturity thereof,

67


Table of Contents

  (5)   reduce the above-stated percentage in principal amount of Outstanding notes the consent of whose holders is required for any such supplemental indenture or
 
  (6)   reduce the above-stated percentage of Outstanding notes the consent of whose holders is required for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults thereunder.

     We may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set any day as the record date for the purpose of determining the noteholders entitled to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action as provided or permitted by the Indenture.

     The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes Outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all notes waive, insofar as the notes are concerned (but not as to any other series of debt securities issued under the Indenture) compliance by the Company with the covenants limiting Liens and Sale and Leaseback Transactions contained in the Indenture. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes Outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all notes waive any past default under the Indenture except a default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or any interest on the notes or in respect of a provision which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Outstanding note affected.

     For purposes of the Indenture, the notes “Outstanding” thereunder are deemed to exclude those held by Persons that control, are controlled by or are under common control with the Company, provided that any Person who does not own, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company will not be deemed to control the Company.

Defeasance

     Defeasance and Discharge. The Indenture provides that the Company may elect to deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust, for the benefit of the holders of Outstanding notes, money and/or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, and any interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the notes on the stated maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the notes, and thereby be discharged from its obligations with respect to Outstanding notes (hereinafter called “Defeasance”) on and after the date that, among other things, the Company provides to the Trustee certain evidence that (1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in each case to the effect that the noteholders will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, Defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to notes and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, Defeasance and discharge were not to occur. For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by such Outstanding notes and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the notes and the Indenture insofar as the notes are concerned, except for certain continuing administrative responsibilities. In the event of any such Defeasance, noteholders would be able to look only to such trust for payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and any interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the notes.

     Covenant Defeasance. The Indenture provides that the Company may elect to deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust, for the benefit of the holders of Outstanding notes, money and/or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the principal, and premium, if any, of and any interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the notes on the stated

68


Table of Contents

maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and such notes, and thereby (1) be released from its obligations with respect to the notes under certain covenants in the Indenture, including the covenants relating to maintenance of properties, payment of taxes and other claims, limitation on Liens, limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions, and Merger and (2) have the occurrence of certain defaults in performance, or breach, of covenants and warranties under the Indenture and defaults under other obligations of the Company not be deemed to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Outstanding notes (hereinafter called “Covenant Defeasance”), on and after the date that, among other things, the Company provides to the Trustee certain evidence that the holders of Outstanding notes will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and Covenant Defeasance to be effected with respect to the notes and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and Covenant Defeasance were not to occur. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such specified Indenture provision, whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere in the Indenture to any such provision or by reason of any reference in any such provision to any other provision of the Indenture or in any other document, but the remainder of the Indenture and the notes shall be unaffected thereby. The obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the notes other than with respect to the covenants referred to above and the Events of Default other than the Events of Default referred to above shall remain in full force and effect.

     The term “U.S. Government Obligations” means any security that is a direct obligation, or is subject to an unconditional guarantee, of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.

Book-Entry System

     The new notes will be evidenced by global securities, which will be deposited on behalf of DTC and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC.

     The global securities are in this prospectus sometimes referred to individually as a “global security” and collectively as the “global securities.” Except as set forth below, the record ownership of the global securities may be transferred, in whole or in part, only to DTC, another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee.

     Except under circumstances described below, the new notes will not be issued in definitive form. See “—Certificated Securities.” Upon the issuance of a global security, DTC will credit on its book-entry registration and transfer system the accounts of persons participating in the exchange offer with the respective principal amounts of the new notes represented by the global security. Ownership of beneficial interests in a global security will be limited to persons that have accounts with DTC or its nominee (“participants”) or persons that may hold interests through participants. Owners of beneficial interests in the new notes represented by the global securities will hold their interests pursuant to the procedures and practices of DTC. Ownership of beneficial interests in a global security will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee. The laws of some states require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such limits and such laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a global security. DTC will have no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the global securities; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the participants to whose accounts such global securities are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners of the global securities. The participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers. Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to participants and by participants to the beneficial owners of

69


Table of Contents

the global securities will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

     Persons participating in the exchange offer may hold their interest in the global securities directly through DTC if they are DTC participants, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in DTC. Transfers between participants will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in immediately available funds.

     So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of a global security, DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the new notes represented by that global security for all purposes under the Indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global security will not be entitled to have new notes represented by that global security registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of new notes in definitive form and will not be considered the owners or holders thereof under the Indenture. Beneficial owners will not be holders and will not be entitled to any rights provided to the noteholders under the global securities or the Indenture. Principal payments, interest payments and liquidated damage payments, if any, on new notes registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner of the relevant global security. None of Commercial Metals Company, the Trustee or the registrar for the new notes will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial interests in a global security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests.

     Payments of principal and interest to DTC will be the responsibility of the Company or the Trustee. The disbursement of such payments to participants shall be the responsibility of DTC. We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal or interest, if any, will credit immediately participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the relevant global security as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in a global security held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such participants and not DTC, the Company or the Trustee, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

     If we redeem less than all of the global security, we have been advised that it is DTC’s practice to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each participant in the global security to be redeemed.

     DTC has advised us that it is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC is owned by a number of its participants and by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange LLC, and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

     DTC holds securities deposited with it by its participants and facilitates the settlement of transactions among its participants in such securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own the depositary. Access to DTC’s book-entry system is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with

70


Table of Contents

a participant, either directly or indirectly. The rules applicable to DTC and its participants are on file with the SEC.

     The foregoing information has been provided by DTC.

Certificated Securities

     If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary and a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days or if an event of default will occur under the Indenture, we will issue new notes in definitive form in exchange for the entire global security for the new notes. In addition, we may at any time and in our sole discretion determine not to have new notes represented by a global security and, in such event, will issue new notes in definitive form in exchange for the entire global security relating to such new notes. In any such instance, an owner of a beneficial interest in a global security will be entitled to physical delivery in definitive form of new notes represented by such global security equal in principal amount to such beneficial interest and to have such new notes registered in its name. New notes so issued in definitive form will be issued as registered notes in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof, unless otherwise specified by us. The holder of a certificated new note may transfer such note by surrendering it at (1) the office or agency maintained by us for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which initially will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose or (2) the office of any transfer agent we appoint.

Same-Day Settlement and Payment

     Settlement for the new notes will be made in immediately available or same-day funds. So long as the new notes are represented by the global securities, we will make all payments of principal and interest in immediately available funds.

     So long as the new notes are represented by the global securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, the new notes will trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System. DTC will require secondary market trading activity in the new notes represented by the global securities to settle in immediately available or same-day funds on trading activity in the new notes.

71


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     The following is a summary of material United States federal income tax considerations relating to the exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury Regulations, revenue rulings, administrative interpretations and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change possibly with retroactive effect. Except as specifically set forth herein, this summary deals only with notes held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This summary does not purport to address all federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special tax rules, such as banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, tax-exempt investors, or persons holding the notes as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, conversion transaction, or other integrated transaction.

     We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or an opinion of counsel with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary. As such, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. Thus, all persons that exchange old notes for new notes in the exchange offer are urged to consult their own tax advisors with regard to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to their particular situations as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

     As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of the notes who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) a citizen or resident (within the meaning of Section 7701(b) of the Code) of the United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. trustees or fiduciaries have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. A Non-U.S. Holder means a holder of notes who or that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder.

Consequences to U.S. Holders

     The exchange of old notes for new notes will not be treated as an exchange for federal income tax purposes, but, instead, will be treated as a “non-event” because the new notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the old notes. As a result, no material federal income tax consequences will result to you from exchanging old notes for new notes.

Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     The exchange of old notes for new notes will not be treated as an exchange for federal income tax purposes, but, instead, will be treated as a “non-event” because the new notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the old notes. As a result, no material federal income tax consequences will result to you from exchanging old notes for new notes.

72


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. Broker-dealers may use this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, in connection with the resale of new notes received in exchange for old notes where the broker-dealer acquired the old notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that after this registration statement is declared effective by the SEC and until the earlier of 180 days after the exchange offer has been completed or such time as broker-dealers no longer own any transfer restricted securities, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer that requests it in the letter of transmittal for use in connection with any such resale.

     We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers or any other persons. Broker-dealers may sell new notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Broker-dealers may resell new notes directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of the new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the new notes may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on any resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

     We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to our performance of, or compliance with, the registration rights agreement and will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

     By its acceptance of the exchange offer, any broker-dealer that receives new notes pursuant to the exchange offer agrees to notify us before using the prospectus in connection with the sale or transfer of new notes. The broker-dealer further acknowledges and agrees that, upon receipt of notice from us of the happening of any event which makes any statement in the prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in the prospectus to make the statements in the prospectus not misleading or which may impose upon us disclosure obligations that may have a material adverse effect on us, which notice we agree to deliver promptly to the broker-dealer, the broker-dealer will suspend use of the prospectus until we have notified the broker-dealer that delivery of the prospectus may resume and have furnished copies of any amendment or supplement to the prospectus to the broker-dealer.

LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the new notes offered in this prospectus, the binding obligations of the Company pertaining to the new notes and certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Haynes and Boone, LLP.

73


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

     The consolidated financial statements and the related consolidated financial statement schedules incorporated in this prospectus by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2003 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference, and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

74


Table of Contents

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-4 that we have filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the new notes, you should refer to the documents to which we refer you. Since this prospectus may not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of these documents. We have filed these documents as exhibits to our registration statement.

     We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-888-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov or from our website at www.commercialmetals.com. However, the information on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     In this document, we “incorporate by reference” certain information we file with the SEC, which means that we are disclosing important information to you by referring to that information. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be a part of this prospectus and later information filed with the SEC will update and supersede this information. We incorporate by reference the following information that we have filed with the SEC and any future filings that we make with the SEC under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on or after the date of this prospectus until this offering is completed:

    Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003 (including information specifically incorporated by reference into our Form 10-K from our definitive proxy statement for our 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders) filed on November 24, 2003, as amended by our Form 10-K/A filed on November 26, 2003;
 
    Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 2003, filed on January 14, 2004;
 
    Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2004, filed on April 14, 2004;
 
    Our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 3, 2003; and
 
    Our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 23, 2003.

     You may request a copy of these filings at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at: Commercial Metals Company, Attention: Corporate Secretary, 6565 N. MacArthur, Suite 800, Irving, Texas 75039, telephone: (214) 689-4300.

     You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not offering the new notes in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date hereof only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may change after that date.

75


Table of Contents

(COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY LOGO)

Commercial Metals Company

Offer to Exchange up to $200,000,000 of its
5.625% Senior Notes due 2013
which have been registered under the Securities Act,
for up to $200,000,000 of its outstanding
5.625% Senior Notes due 2013

PROSPECTUS

__________________, 2004

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“Delaware Law”) provides that a corporation may indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with certain actions, suits and proceedings (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation – a “derivative action”), if the person acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. In the case of a criminal action, the person must have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

     Section 145 also provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify its directors and officers against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of any derivative action if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. However, indemnification in derivative actions does not extend to expenses incurred with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which the person has been found liable for negligence or misconduct, unless the court approves the indemnification. Section 145 also permits a Delaware corporation to grant its directors and officers additional rights of indemnification through bylaw provisions or other means, and to purchase indemnity insurance on behalf of its directors and officers. Indemnification is mandatory if a claim, issue or matter has been successfully defended.

     Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware Law permits a provision in the certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting, with certain exceptions, the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties.

     Our certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of all directors, officers and agents in the manner permitted by Section 145 of Delaware Law. Our certificate of incorporation also eliminates the liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law. Our directors and officers are currently covered by directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

     A list of exhibits filed with this registration statement on Form S-4 is set forth on the Exhibit Index and is incorporated in this Item 21 by reference.

Item 22. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

          (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

          (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar

II-1


Table of Contents

value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

          (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

     (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the bona fide offering thereof.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 20 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(e) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-2


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irving, State of Texas, on the 26th day of April, 2004.
         
  COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY
 
 
  By:   /s/ William B. Larson  
    William B. Larson   
    Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons and in the following capacities on the 26th day of April, 2004.
     
Signature
  Title
*
Stanley A. Rabin
  Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/ William B. Larson

William B. Larson
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
     
/s/ Malinda G. Passmore

Malinda G. Passmore
  Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
     
           *

Harold L. Adams
  Director
     
           *

Moses Feldman
  Director
     
           *

A. Leo Howell
  Vice President and Director

II-3


Table of Contents

     
Signature
  Title
           *

Ralph E. Loewenberg
  Director
     
           *

Anthony A. Massaro
  Director
     
           *

Robert D. Neary
  Director
     
           *

Dorothy G. Owen
  Director
     
           *

Clyde P. Selig
  Chief Executive Officer – CMC Steel Group and Director
     
           *

J. David Smith
  Director
     
           *

Robert R. Womack
  Director
         
     
  *By:   /s/ David M. Sudbury  
    David M. Sudbury   
    Attorney-in-fact for each person indicated   

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

     
Exhibit No.
  Description
1
  Purchase Agreement, dated November 7, 2003, by and among Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc, ABN AMRO Incorporated and Commercial Metals (Filed as Exhibit 10i(c) to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
2(a)
  Share Purchase Agreement dated July 22, 2003 between Impexmetal, S.A. and Commercial Metals (International) AG (Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
2(b)
  Agreement and Plan of Merger among Commercial Metals Company, LAI Acquisition Company, Lofland Acquisition, Inc., The Lofland Company, E.F. Private Equity Partners (Americas) L.P., and the Texas Growth Fund – 1995 Trust, dated December 23, 2003 (Filed previously).
 
   
3(i)
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Filed as Exhibit 3(i) to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
3(i)a
  Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated February 1, 1994 (Filed as Exhibit 3(i)a to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
3(i)b
  Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated February 17, 1995 (Filed as Exhibit 3(i)b to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
3(i)c
  Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock (Filed as Exhibit 2 to Commercial Metals’ Form 8-A filed August 3, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
3(i)d
  Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State February 5, 2004 (Filed as Exhibit 3(i)d to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
3(ii)
  By-Laws (Filed as Exhibit 3(ii) to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)a
  Indenture between Commercial Metals and Chase Manhattan Bank dated as of July 31, 1995 (Filed herewith).
 
   
4(i)b
  Rights Agreement dated July 28, 1999 by and between Commercial Metals and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, LLC, as Rights Agent (Filed as Exhibit 1 to Commercial Metals’ Form 8-A filed August 3, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)c
  Form of Note for Commercial Metals’ 7.20% Senior Notes due 2005 (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)c to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.
  Description
4(i)d
  Form of Note for Commercial Metals’ 6.80% Senior Notes due 2007 (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)d to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)e
  Officers’ Certificate, dated August 4, 1997, pursuant to the Indenture dated as of July 31, 1995, relating to the 6.80% Senior Notes due 2007 (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)e to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)f
  Form of Note for Commercial Metals’ 6.75% Senior Notes due 2009 (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)f to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)g
  Officers’ Certificate, dated February 23, 1999, pursuant to the Indenture dated as of July 31, 1995, relating to the 6.75% Senior Notes due 2009 (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)g to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)h
  Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 12, 2003, by and among Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc, ABN AMRO Incorporated and Commercial Metals (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)h to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)i
  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 12, 2003, to Indenture dated as of July 31, 1995, by and between Commercial Metals and JPMorgan Chase Bank (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)i to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)j
  Form of Note for Commercial Metals’ 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (Filed previously).
 
   
5
  Legal Opinion of Haynes and Boone, LLP (Filed herewith).
 
   
12
  Statement re computation of earnings to fixed charges (Filed previously).
 
   
21
  Subsidiaries of Registrant (Filed previously).
 
   
23a
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche, LLP (Filed herewith).
 
   
23b
  Consent of Haynes and Boone, LLP (Included in its legal opinion filed as Exhibit 5).
 
   
24
  Power of Attorney of the Officers and Directors of Commercial Metals Company (Filed previously).
 
   
25
  Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1 of JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee (Filed herewith).
 
   
99.1
  Form of Letter of Transmittal (Filed herewith).
 
   
99.2
  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (Filed previously).
 
   
99.3
  Form of Letter to Clients (Filed previously).
 
   
99.4
  Form of Letter to Registered Holders (Filed previously).
 
   
99.5
  Form of Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner (Filed previously).

 

EX-4.(I)A 3 d12154a1exv4wxiya.txt INDENTURE EXHIBIT 4(i)a - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY TO THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A., TRUSTEE ------------------------- INDENTURE DATED AS OF JULY 31, 1995 ------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY CERTAIN SECTIONS OF THIS INDENTURE RELATING TO SECTIONS 310 THROUGH 318, INCLUSIVE, OF THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939:
TRUST INDENTURE ACT SECTION INDENTURE SECTION - -------------- ----------------- Section 310(a)(1)............................................................................ 609 (a)(2).................................................................................. 609 (a)(3).................................................................................. Not applicable (a)(4).................................................................................. Not applicable (b).................................................................................. 608, 610 Section 311(a)............................................................................... 613 (b).................................................................................. 613 Section 312(a)............................................................................... 701, 702 (b).................................................................................. 792(b) (c).................................................................................. 702(c) Section 313(a)............................................................................... 703(a) (b).................................................................................. 703(a) (c).................................................................................. 703(a) (d).................................................................................. 703(b) Section 314(a)............................................................................... 704 (a)(4).................................................................................. 101, 1009 (b).................................................................................. Not applicable (c)(1).................................................................................. 102 (c)(2).................................................................................. 102 (c)(3).................................................................................. Not applicable (d).................................................................................. Not applicable (e).................................................................................. 102 Section 315(a)................................................................................ 601 (b).................................................................................. 602 (c).................................................................................. 601 (d).................................................................................. 601 (e).................................................................................. 514 Section 316(a)............................................................................... 101 (a)(1)(A).................................................................................. 502, 512 (a)(1)(B).................................................................................. 513 (a)(2).................................................................................. Not applicable (b).................................................................................. 508 (c).................................................................................. 104(c) Section 317(a)(1)............................................................................ 503 (a)(2).................................................................................. 504 (b).................................................................................. 1003 Section 318(a)............................................................................... 107
- ---------------- Note: This table of contents shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. i TABLE OF CONTENTS PARTIES.......................................................................................... 1 RECITALS OF THE COMPANY.......................................................................... 1 ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION Section 101 Definitions.................................................................... 1 "Act".......................................................................... 2 "Affiliate".................................................................... 2 "Attributable Debt"............................................................ 2 "Authenticating Agent"......................................................... 2 "Board of Directors"........................................................... 2 "Board Resolution"............................................................. 2 "Business Day"................................................................. 2 "Capital Expenditure".......................................................... 2 "Capital Lease Obligation"..................................................... 3 "Commission"................................................................... 3 "Company"...................................................................... 3 "Company Request"; "Company Order"............................................. 3 "Consolidated Net Tangible Assets"............................................. 3 "Consolidated Subsidiaries".................................................... 3 "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth".............................................. 3 "Corporate Trust Office"....................................................... 3 "corporation".................................................................. 4 "Debt"......................................................................... 4 "Defaulted Interest"........................................................... 4 "Depositary"................................................................... 4 "Event of Default"............................................................. 4 "Funded Debt".................................................................. 4 "Global Security".............................................................. 4 "Holder"....................................................................... 4 "indebtedness"................................................................. 5 "Indenture".................................................................... 5 "interest"..................................................................... 5 "Interest Payment Date"........................................................ 5 "Lien"......................................................................... 5 "Maturity"..................................................................... 5 "Net Available Proceeds"....................................................... 5 "Officers' Certificate"........................................................ 6 "Opinion of Counsel"........................................................... 6 "Original Issue Discount Security"............................................. 6 "Outstanding".................................................................. 6 "Paying Agent"................................................................. 7 "Place of Payment"............................................................. 7 "Predecessor Security"......................................................... 7
- ---------------- Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. ii "Principal Property"........................................................... 7 "Principal Subsidiary"......................................................... 8 "Redemption Date".............................................................. 8 "Redemption Price"............................................................. 8 "Regular Record Date".......................................................... 8 "Responsible Officer".......................................................... 8 "Sale and Leaseback Transaction"............................................... 8 "Securities"................................................................... 8 "Security Register" and "Security Registrar"................................... 8 "Special Record Date".......................................................... 8 "Stated Maturity".............................................................. 8 "Subsidiary of the Company".................................................... 9 "Trustee"...................................................................... 9 "Trust Indenture Act".......................................................... 9 "U.S. Government Obligations".................................................. 9 "Vice President"............................................................... 9 Section 102 Compliance Certificates and Opinions........................................... 9 Section 103 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee......................................... 10 Section 104 Acts of Holders; Record Dates.................................................. 10 Section 105 Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.......................................... 12 Section 106 Notice to Holders; Waiver...................................................... 12 Section 107 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.............................................. 12 Section 108 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents....................................... 13 Section 109 Successors and Assigns......................................................... 13 Section 110 Separability Clause............................................................ 13 Section 111 Benefits of Indenture.......................................................... 13 Section 112 Governing Law.................................................................. 13 Section 113 Legal Holdings................................................................. 13 ARTICLE TWO SECURITY FORMS Section 201 Forms Generally................................................................ 14 Section 202 Form of Face of Security....................................................... 14 Section 203 Form of Reverse of Security.................................................... 16 Section 204 Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication................................ 20 ARTICLE THREE THE SECURITIES Section 301 Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series........................................... 20 Section 302 Denominations.................................................................. 23 Section 303 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating................................. 23 Section 304 Temporary Securities........................................................... 24 Section 305 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange............................ 25 Section 306 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities............................... 26 Section 307 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved................................. 27 Section 308 Persons Deemed Owners.......................................................... 28
- ---------------- Note: This table of contents shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. iii Section 309 Cancellation................................................................... 28 Section 310 Computation of Interest........................................................ 28 ARTICLE FOUR SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE Section 401 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture........................................ 29 Section 402 Application of Trust Money..................................................... 30 Section 403 Defeasance and Discharge of Securities of any Series........................... 30 Section 404 Defeasance of Certain Obligations.............................................. 32 Section 405 Reinstatement.................................................................. 34 ARTICLE FIVE REMEDIES Section 501 Events of Default.............................................................. 34 Section 502 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment............................. 36 Section 503 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee................ 37 Section 504 Trustee May File Proof of Claim................................................ 37 Section 505 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.................... 38 Section 506 Application of Money Collected................................................. 38 Section 507 Limitation on Suits............................................................ 38 Section 508 Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest...... 39 Section 509 Restoration of Rights and Remedies............................................. 39 Section 510 Rights and Remedies Cumulative................................................. 39 Section 511 Delay or Omission Not Waiver................................................... 40 Section 512 Control by Holders............................................................. 40 Section 513 Waiver of Past Defaults........................................................ 40 Section 514 Undertaking for Costs.......................................................... 41 Section 515 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws............................................... 41 ARTICLE SIX THE TRUSTEE Section 601 Certain Duties and Responsibilities............................................ 41 Section 602 Notice of Defaults............................................................. 42 Section 603 Certain Rights of Trustee...................................................... 42 Section 604 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities......................... 43 Section 605 May Hold Securities............................................................ 43 Section 606 Money Held in Trust............................................................ 43 Section 607 Compensation and Reimbursement................................................. 43 Section 608 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests........................................ 44 Section 609 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility........................................ 44 Section 610 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.............................. 45 Section 611 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor......................................... 46 Section 612 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.................... 47 Section 613 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.............................. 47
- ---------------- Note: This table of contents shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. iv Section 614 Appointment of Authenticating Agent............................................ 48 ARTICLE SEVEN HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY Section 701 Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders...................... 49 Section 702 Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders......................... 49 Section 703 Reports by Trustee............................................................. 50 Section 704 Reports by Company............................................................. 50 ARTICLE EIGHT CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE Section 801 Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms........................... 51 Section 802 Successor Substituted.......................................................... 52 ARTICLE NINE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES Section 901 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders............................. 52 Section 902 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders................................ 53 Section 903 Execution of Supplement Indentures............................................. 54 Section 904 Effect of Supplemental Indentures.............................................. 54 Section 905 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act............................................ 54 Section 906 Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures............................. 54 ARTICLE TEN COVENANTS Section 1001 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest..................................... 55 Section 1002 Maintenance of Office or Agency................................................ 55 Section 1003 Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust.............................. 55 Section 1004 Existence...................................................................... 56 Section 1005 Maintenance of Properties...................................................... 57 Section 1006 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.............................................. 57 Section 1007 Limitation on Liens............................................................ 57 Section 1008 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.................................. 59 Section 1009 Statement of Officers as to Default............................................ 59 Section 1010 Waiver of Certain Covenants.................................................... 60 Section 1011 SEC Reports.................................................................... 60 Section 1012 Limitation on Funded Debt of Principal Subsidiaries............................ 60
- ---------------- Note: This table of contents shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. v ARTICLE ELEVEN REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES Section 1101 Applicability of Article....................................................... 60 Section 1102 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.......................................... 60 Section 1103 Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.............................. 61 Section 1104 Notice of Redemption........................................................... 61 Section 1105 Deposit of Redemption Price.................................................... 62 Section 1106 Securities Payable on Redemption Date.......................................... 62 Section 1107 Securities Redeemed in Part.................................................... 62 ARTICLE TWELVE SINKING FUNDS Section 1201 Applicability of Article....................................................... 63 Section 1202 Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.......................... 63 Section 1203 Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund...................................... 63
- ---------------- Note: This table of contents shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. vi INDENTURE, dated as of July , 1995, between COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the "Company"), having its principal office at 7800 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75247 and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A., a national banking association having its principal office at 4 Chase MetroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York 11245; Attention: Institutional Trust Group, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee"). RECITALS OF THE COMPANY The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (herein called the "Securities"), to be issued in one or more series as in this Indenture provided. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done. NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of series thereof, as follows: ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION Section 101 Definitions For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: (1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular; (2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein; (3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term "generally accepted accounting principles" with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted at the date of such computation; and (4) the words "herein", "hereof' and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. Certain terms, used principally in Article Six, are defined in that Article. "Act", when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 104. "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, provided, that any Person who does not own, directly or indirectly, more than 5 % of the outstanding voting securities of the Company shall not be deemed to "control" the Company; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. "Attributable Debt" means the present value (discounted at the per annum rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as its "Reference Rate" or "Prime Rate" on the date of any calculation made hereunder, provided, that if Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, is no longer announcing a Reference Rate or a Prime Rate, the per annum rate of interest shall be the Prime Rate most recently published in The Wall Street Journal, in either case, compounded monthly) of the obligations for rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of any lease of more than 12 months under which any Person is at the time liable. "Authenticating Agent" means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 614 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series. "Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board. "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. "Business Day", when used with respect to any Place of Payment, means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to open. "Capital Expenditure" means, for any period, any expenditure of the Company or its Subsidiaries (whether payable in cash, assets or property or accrued as a liability (but without duplication)) during such period that, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, are required to be included in fixed asset accounts as reflected in the consolidated balance sheets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable. "Capital Lease Obligation" of any Person means the obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of (or other indebtedness arrangements conveying the right to use) real or personal property of such Person which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on the face of a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The stated maturity of such obligation, as of any date (the "measurement date"), shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date after the measurement date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee, at its sole option, without payment of a penalty. "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time. 2 "Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such successor Person. "Company Request"; "Company Order" means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Vice Chairman of the Board, its President or a Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee. "Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means the net book value of all assets of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, excluding any amounts carried as assets for shares of capital stock held in treasury, debt discount and expense, goodwill, patents, trademarks and other intangible assets, less all liabilities of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (except Funded Debt, minority interests in Consolidated Subsidiaries, deferred taxes and general contingency reserves of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries), which in each case would be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of determination, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. "Consolidated Subsidiaries" of any Person means all other Persons that would be accounted for as consolidated Persons in such Person's financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" means the total stockholders' equity of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and reflected on the most recent balance sheet of the Company, excluding any amounts carried as assets for shares of capital stock held in treasury, debt discount and expense, goodwill, patents, trademarks and other intangible assets. "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee in Dallas, Texas or The City of New York, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered. "Corporation" means a corporation, association, company, joint-stock company or business trust. "Debt" means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed, (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person and (iv) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) of another Person the payment of which such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise (but only, in the case of this clause (iv), to the extent such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for such obligations). "Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 307. "Depositary" means, unless otherwise specified by the Company pursuant to Section 301, with respect to Securities of any series issuable or issued as a Global Security, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or any successor thereto registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation. 3 "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 501. "Funded Debt" means (a) all Debt of the Company and each Principal Subsidiary of the Company maturing on, or renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor to, a date more than one year from the date of the determination thereof, (b) Capital Lease Obligations payable on a date more than one year from the date of the determination thereof, (c) guarantees, direct or indirect, and other contingent obligations of the Company and each Principal Subsidiary of the Company in respect of, or to purchase or otherwise acquire or be responsible or liable for (through the investment of funds or otherwise), any obligations of the type described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b) of others (but not including contingent liabilities on customers' receivables sold with recourse), and (d) amendments, renewals, extensions and refundings of any obligations of the type described in the foregoing clauses (a), (b) or (c). "Global Security" means a Security issued to evidence all or a part of any series of Securities which is executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary (or its nominee or other representative) or pursuant to the Depositary's instruction, all in accordance with this Indenture and pursuant to a Company Order, which shall be registered as to principal and interest in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register. "Indebtedness", with respect to any Person, includes all indebtedness of another Person the payment of which such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise (but only to the extent such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for such obligations). "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this instrument, and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respective. The term "Indenture" shall also include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301. "Interest", when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity. "Interest Payment Date", when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security. "Lien" means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, lien, encumbrance or other security arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing). "Maturity" when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise. 4 "Net Available Proceeds" from any Sale Transaction by any Person means cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received (including by way of sale or discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiree of indebtedness or obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Sale Transaction or received in any other noncash form) therefrom by such Person, net of (i) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability as a consequence of such Sale Transaction, (ii) all payments made by such Person or its Principal Subsidiaries on any indebtedness which is secured in whole or in part by any such properties and assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to any such properties and assets or which must, by the terms of such Lien, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Sale Transaction or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Sale Transaction, and (iii) all distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in Principal Subsidiaries of such Person or joint ventures as a result of such Sale Transaction. "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. One of the officers signing an Officers' Certificate given pursuant to Section 1009 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of the Company. "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be David M. Sudbury, general counsel for the Company and who may be Haynes and Boone, L.L.P., and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. "Original Issue Discount Security" means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502. "Outstanding" when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except: (i) Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; (ii) Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities in accordance with Section 401; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; (iii) Securities for whose payment or redemption money or U.S. Government Obligations in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 609) in trust for the Holders of such Securities in accordance with Section 403; and 5 (iv) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company; provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount upon acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, (ii) the principal amount of Security denominated in one or more foreign currencies or currency units shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined in the manner provided as contemplated by Section 301 on the date of original issuance of such Security, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, the U.S. dollar equivalent on the date of original issuance of such Security of the amount determined as provided in (i) above) of such Security, and (iii) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. "pari passu", when used with respect to the ranking of any indebtedness of any Person in relation to other indebtedness of such Person, means that each such indebtedness (a) either (i) is not subordinate in right of payment to any other indebtedness of such Person or (ii) is subordinate in right of payment to the same indebtedness of such person as is the other and is so subordinate to the same extent and (b) is not subordinate in right of payment to the other or to any indebtedness of such Person as to which the other is not so subordinate. "Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company. "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. "Place of Payment" when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means New York, New York. "Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Securities authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security. "Principal Property" means any facility (together with the land on which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof) used primarily for manufacturing, processing, research, warehousing or distribution, owned or leased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company and (i) having a net book value in excess of 3 % of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, other than 6 any such facility or portion thereof which is a pollution control facility financed by state or local government obligations or is not of material importance to the total business conducted or assets owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries as an entirety, or (ii) any assets or properties acquired with Net Available Proceeds from a Sale and Leaseback Transaction that has been irrevocably designated by the Company as a Principal Property, which designation shall be in writing to the Trustee. "Principal Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that owns or leases a Principal Property or owns or controls stock which under ordinary circumstances has the voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of a Principal Subsidiary. "Redemption Date", when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture. "Redemption Price", means used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture. "Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Securities of any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301. "Responsible Officer", means any vice president, assistant vice president or corporate trust officer of the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer of the Trustee to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" of any Person means an arrangement with any lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party providing for the leasing by such Person of any Principal Property that, within 12 months of the start of such lease and after the Reference Date, has been and is being sold, conveyed, transferred or otherwise disposed of by such Person to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such property. The term of such arrangement, as of any date (the "measurement date"), shall end on the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under each arrangement on or prior to the first date after the measurement date on which such arrangement may be terminated by the lessee, as its sale option, without payment of a penalty. "Sale Transaction" means any such sale, conveyances, transfer or other disposition. The "Reference Date" means, for any property that becomes a Principal Property, the last day of the sixth month after the date of the acquisition, completion of construction and commencement of operation of such property. "Securities" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. "Security Register" and "Security Registrar" have the respective meanings specified in Section 305. "Special Record Date" for the payment of any Default Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307. "Stated Maturity", when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable. 7 "Subsidiary of the Company" means any corporation of which the Company directly or indirectly owns or controls stock which under ordinary circumstances (not dependent upon the happening of a contingency) has the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation. "Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, "Trustee" as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series. "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed, provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended. "U.S. Government Obligations" means securities which are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt. "Vice President", when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title "vice president." Section 102 Compliance Certificates and Opinions Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the Trust Indenture Act. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of an Officers' Certificate, if to be given by an officer of the Company, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture. Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include (1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definition herein relating thereto; 8 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, such individual has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with. Section 103 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which such officer's certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. Section 104 Acts of Holders; Record Dates (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 601) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section. (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgements of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer's individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall 9 also constitute sufficient proof of such signer's authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. (c) The Company may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, fix any day as the record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Securities of any series entitled to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, or to vote on any action, authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series. If not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder of Securities of such series made by any person in respect of any such action, or, in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, the record date for any such action or vote shall be the 30th day (or, if later, the date of the most recent list of Holders required to be provided pursuant to Section 701) prior to such first solicitation or vote, as the case may be. With regard to any record date for action to be taken by the Holders of one or more series of Securities, only the Holders of Securities of such series on such date (or their duly designated proxies) shall be entitled to give or take, or vote on, the relevant action. (d) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register. (e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Securities issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security. Section 105 Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with, (1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or (2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company, to the attention of the Treasurer with a copy to the Secretary. Section 106 Notice to Holders; Waiver Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission to each Holder affected by such event, at such Holder's address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders 10 shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. Notice may be given to the Trustee by facsimile transmission at telephone number (718) 242-5886, and to the Company at telephone number (214) 689-4326. In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. Section 107 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under such Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the Trust Indenture Act shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be. Section 108 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. Section 109 Successors and Assigns All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. Section 110 Separability Clause In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Section 111 Benefits of Indenture Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. Section 112 Governing Law This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Section 113 Legal Holdings In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities (other than a provision of the Securities of any series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section)) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force as if made on the Interest 11 Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be. ARTICLE TWO SECURITY FORMS Section 201 Forms Generally The Securities of each series shall be in substantially the form set forth in this Article, or in such other form as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities. If the form of Securities of any series is established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities. The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities. Section 202 Form of Face of Security [if the Security is a Global Security, insert - Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (the "Depositary"), to the Company or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR THE INDIVIDUAL SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY, THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.] [if the Security is an Original Issue Discount Security, insert - FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON THIS SECURITY IS ______% OF ITS PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, THE ISSUE DATE IS ____________, 19__[,] [AND] THE YIELD TO MATURITY IS ____%[, THE METHOD USED TO DETERMINE THE YIELD IS ____________ AND THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT APPLICABLE TO THE SHORT ACCRUAL 12 PERIOD OF ___________, 19__ TO __________, 19__ IS ____% OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS SECURITY]. COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY __________________ No. _________ $____________ Commercial Metals Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the Delaware (herein called the "Company"), which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to ________________________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of ________________________ Dollars on ___________________ [if the Security is to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert - and to pay interest thereon from ____________________ or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on ______________________ and _________________ in each year, commencing __________________, at the rate of ______% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment [if applicable, insert -, and (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at the rate of ____% per annum on any overdue principal and premium and on any overdue installment of interest]. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the ______________ or ______________ (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture]. [If the Security is not to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert - The principal of this Security shall not bear interest except in the case of a default in payment of principal upon acceleration, upon redemption or at Stated Maturity and in such case the overdue principal of this Security shall bear interest at the rate of _____% per annum (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), which shall accrue from the date of such default in payment to the date payment of such principal has been paid or duly provided for. Interest on any overdue principal shall be payable on demand. Any such interest on any overdue principal that is not so paid on demand shall bear interest at the rate of ____% per annum (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), which shall accrue from the date of such demand for payment to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for, and such interest shall also be payable on demand.] Payment of the principal of (and premium if any) and [if applicable, insert - any such] interest on this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in _____________________, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts [if applicable, insert - -; provided however that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed on or prior to an Interest Payment Date to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register]. 13 Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal. Dated: COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY By:______________________________ ATTEST: Section 203 Form of Reverse of Security This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the "Securities"), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated __________, 1995 (herein called the "Indenture"), between the Company and The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof [, limited in aggregate principal amount to $_____________]. [If applicable, insert - The Securities of this series are subject to redemption upon not less than 30 days' notice by mail, [if applicable, insert - (1) on ______________ in any year commencing with the year _______ and ending with the year _______ through operation of the sinking fund for this series at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount, and (2)] at any time [on or after ____________, 19___], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount): If redeemed [on or before ____________, ____%, and if redeemed] during the 12-month period beginning ______________ of the year indicated, Year Redemption Price Year Redemption Price ------ ---------------- ------ ---------------- and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to _____% of the principal amount, together in the case of any such redemption [if applicable, insert- (whether through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise)] with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor 14 Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates as referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture]. [if applicable, insert - The Securities of this series are subject to redemption upon not less than 30 days' notice by mail, (1) on _______________ in any year commencing with the year _____ and ending with the year _____ through operation of the sinking fund for this series at the Redemption Prices for redemption through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below, and (2) at any time [on or after ______________], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the Redemption Prices for redemption otherwise than through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below. If redeemed during the 12-month period beginning ________________ of the years indicated, Redemption Price For Redemption Price For Redemption Otherwise Than Redemption Through Operation Through Operation Year of the Sinking Fund of the Sinking Fund ---- ------------------- ------------------- and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to ________% of the principal amount, together in the case of any such redemption (whether through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise) with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.] [Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not, prior to __________, redeem any Securities of this series as contemplated by [Clause (2) of] the preceding paragraph as a part of, or in anticipation of, any refunding operation by the application, directly or indirectly, of moneys borrowed having an interest cost to the Company (calculated in accordance with generally accepted financial practice) of less than _____% per annum.] [The sinking fund for this series provides for redemption on ______________ in each year beginning with the year _____ and ending with the year _____ of [not less than $_________ ("mandatory sinking fund") and not more than] $__________ aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series. Securities of this series acquired or redeemed by the Company otherwise than through [mandatory] sinking fund payments may be credited against subsequent [mandatory] sinking fund payments otherwise required to be made [in the inverse order in which they become due].] [If the Security is subject to redemption, insert - In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.] [If the Security is not an Original Issue Discount Security, insert - If an Event of Default with respect to Securities to this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. ] [If the Security is an Original Issue Discount Security, insert - If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, an amount of principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Such 15 amount shall be equal to - insert formula for determining the amount. Upon payment (i) of the amount of principal so declared due and payable and (ii) of interest on any overdue principal and overdue interest (in each case to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), all of the Company's obligations in respect of the payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of this series shall terminate.] The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security. As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of this series, the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Securities of this series at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable indemnity and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities of this series at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any interest hereof on or after the respective due dates expressed herein. No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registerable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more Securities of this Series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons only in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. 16 No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. Section 204 Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication The Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form: This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A., as Trustee By:____________________________ ARTICLE THREE THE SECURITIES Section 301 Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and subject to Section 303, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officers' Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series, (1) the title of the Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from Securities of any other series); (2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 906 or 1107 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 303, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder); 17 (3) the Person to whom any interest on a Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest; (4) the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the series is payable; (5) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, or the method or methods by which such rate or rates shall be determined, if any, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date for any interest payable on any Interest Payment Date; (6) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Series of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company; (7) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation; (8) if other than denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable; (9) the currency, currencies or currency units in which payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable if other than the currency of the United States of America and the manner of determining the equivalent thereof in the currency of the United States of America for purposes of the definition of "Outstanding" in Section 101; (10) if the amount of payments of principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined; (11) whether the Securities of the series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Security and, in such case, the Depositary with respect to such Global Security or Securities and the circumstances under which any such Global Security may be registered for transfer for exchange, or authenticated and delivered, in the name of a Person other than such Depositary or its nominee, if other than as set forth in Section 305; (12) if other than the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series is to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in one more currencies or currency units other than that or those in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the currency, currencies or currency units in which the payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of such series as to which such election is made shall be payable, and the periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which such election is to be made; (13) if other than the entire principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502; and 18 (14) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as permitted by Section 901(5)). All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to the Be rd Resolution referred to above and (subject to Section 303) set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in the Officers' Certificate referred to above or in any such indenture supplemental hereto. The terms of the Securities of any series may provide, without limitation, that the Securities shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee on original issue from time to time upon telephonic or written order of persons designated in the Officers' Certificate or supplemental indenture (telephonic instructions to be promptly confirmed in writing by such person) and that such persons are authorized to determine, consistent with such Officers' Certificate or any applicable supplemental indenture, such terms and conditions of the Securities of such series as are specified in such Officers' Certificate or supplemental indenture. Except as otherwise provided with respect to any series of Securities, at the option of the Company, interest on the Securities of any series that bears interest may be paid by mailing a check, on or before the applicable Interest Payment Date, to the address of the person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Securities Register. If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to delivery of the Officers' Certificate setting forth the terms of the series. Section 302 Denominations The Securities of each series shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 301. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of such series shall be issuable in denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Section 303 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Vice Chairman of the Board, its President or one of its Vice Presidents, under its corporate seal reproduced thereon attested by its Treasurer or Secretary or one of its Assistant Treasurers or Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile. Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities. At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. If the form or terms of the Securities of the series have been established in or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted by Sections 201 and 301, in authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Article 6) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating: 19 (a) if the form of such Securities has been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 201, that such form has been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; (b) if the terms of such Securities have been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 301, that such terms have been' established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and (c) that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles. If such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 301 and of the preceding paragraph, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Officers' Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 301 or the Company Order and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to such preceding paragraph at or prior to the time of authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued. Each security shall be dated the date of its authentication. No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered but never issued and sold by the Company and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 309, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Section 304 Temporary Securities Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities. If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such 20 series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series and tenor. Section 305 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the "Security Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities. The Trustee is hereby appointed "Security Registrar" for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers of Securities as herein provided. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at the office or agency in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor. At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906 or 1107 not involving any transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of that series selected for redemption under Section 1103 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Global Security shall be registered for transfer or exchange, or authenticated and delivered, whether pursuant to this Section, Section 304, 306, 906 or 1107 or otherwise, 21 in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or its nominee until (i) the Depositary with respect to a Global Security notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order that such Global Security shall be so transferable and exchangeable, or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series. Upon the occurrence in respect of any Global Security of any series of any one or more of the conditions specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of the preceding sentence or such other conditions as may be specified as contemplated by Section 301 for such series, such Global Security may be registered for transfer or exchange for Securities registered in the names of, or authenticated and delivered to, such Persons as the Depositary with respect to such series shall direct. Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, any Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, any Global Security, whether pursuant to this Section, Section 304, 306, 906 or 1107 or otherwise, shall also be a Global Security and bear the legend specified in Section 202. Section 306 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security. Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder. The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities. Section 307 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any 22 Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest. Any interest on any Securities of any series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below: (1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect to such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment for such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities of such series at such Holder's address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following Clause (2). (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security. Section 308 Persons Deemed Owners Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any premium and (subject to Section 307) any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 23 Section 309 Cancellation All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be disposed of unless otherwise directed by a Company Order. Section 310 Computation of Interest Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. ARTICLE FOUR SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE Section 401 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture This Indenture shall upon Company request cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when (1) either (A) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and (ii) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (B) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, or (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, 24 and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and any premium and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; (2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Trustee to any Authenticating Agent under Section 614 and, if money or U.S. Government Obligations shall have been deposited with the Trustee in accordance with Section 403 or 404, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 402(b), and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of Clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive. Section 402 Application of Trust Money (a) Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph in Section 1003, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401, all money and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 403 or 404 and all money received by the Trustee in respect of U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 403 or 404, shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee or to make mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments as contemplated by Section 403 or 404. (b) The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 403 or 404 or the interest and principal received in respect of such obligations other than any payable by or on behalf of Holders. (c) The Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 403 or 404 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are then in excess of the amount thereof which then would have been required to be deposited for the purpose for which such money or U.S. Government Obligations were deposited or received. Section 403 Defeasance and Discharge of Securities of any Series The Company may elect, at its option by Board Resolution at any time, to have this Section 403 be applicable to Securities of any series. Upon the Company's exercise of the option to have this Section 403 applied to Securities of any series, then notwithstanding Section 401, the Company shall be deemed 25 to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness on all the Outstanding Securities of that series, the provisions of this Indenture as it relates to such Outstanding Securities (except as to the rights of Holders of Securities to receive, from the trust funds described in subparagraph (1) below, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Securities on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest or any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to the Securities of that series on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and of such Securities, the Company's obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 304, 306, 1002 and 1003 and the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder) shall no longer be in effect, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall, upon Company Request, execute proper instruments acknowledging the same, provided that the following conditions have been satisfied: (1) the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 609), irrevocably (irrespective of whether the conditions in subparagraphs (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) below have been satisfied, but subject to the provisions of Section 402(c) and the last paragraph of Section 1003), as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of that series, with reference to this Section 403, (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide not later than the opening of business on the due date of any payment referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this subparagraph (1) money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge (i) the principal of (and premium, if any) and each installment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest on such Outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (ii) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to Securities of such series on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities; (2) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, which breach, violation or default is material to the interests of the Holders of the Securities of that series; (3) no Event of Default or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series (other than an Event of Default under Section 501(4) with respect to any of Sections 1005 through 1008, inclusive, and Section 801) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit and no Event of Default under Section 501(6) or Section 501(7) or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of tine or both, would become an Event of Default under Section 501(6) or Section 501(7) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 91st day after such date; (4) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that Holders of the Securities of that series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred; 26 (5) if the Securities of that series are then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate to the effect that such deposit, defeasance and discharge will not cause such Securities to be delisted; (6) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the defeasance and discharge of the entire indebtedness on all Outstanding Securities of any such series as contemplated by this Section have been complied with; (7) such deposit, defeasance and discharge shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act; and (8) such deposit, defeasance and discharge shall not result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, unless such trust shall be qualified under such Act or exempt from regulation thereunder. Section 404 Defeasance of Certain Obligations The Company may elect, at its option by Board Resolution at any time, to have this Section 404 be applicable to Securities of any series. Upon the Company's exercise of the option to have this Section 404 applied to the Securities of any series, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 1005 through 1008, inclusive (whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein), and Section 501(4) (with respect to any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 1005 through 1008, inclusive and Section 801) and 501(5) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Securities of that series, provided that the following conditions have been satisfied: (1) the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 609), irrevocably (irrespective of whether the conditions in subparagraphs (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) below have been satisfied, but subject to the provisions of Section 402(c) and the last paragraph of Section 1003), as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of that series, with reference to this Section 404, (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide not later than the opening of business on the due date of any payment referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this subparagraph (1) money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge (i) the principal of (and premium, if any) and each installment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest on such Outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (ii) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to Securities of such series on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities; (2) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, which breach, violation or default is material to the interests of the Holders of the Securities of that series; 27 (3) no Event of Default or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series (other than an Event of Default under Section 501(4) with respect to any of Sections 1005 through 1008, inclusive, and Section 801) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit and no Event of Default under Section 501(6) or Section 501(7) or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of tine or both, would become an Event of Default under Section 501(6) or Section 501(7) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 91st day after such date; (4) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of the Securities of that series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit or the elimination of the Company's obligations to comply with the terms and provisions as contemplated above and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit and elimination of the Company's obligations to comply as contemplated above had not occurred; (5) if the Securities of that series are then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate to the effect that such deposit and elimination of the Company's obligations to comply as contemplated above will not cause such Securities to be delisted; (6) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the defeasance and elimination of the Company's obligations to comply as contemplated above have been complied with; (7) such deposit and defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act; and (8) such deposit and defeasance shall not result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, unless such trust shall be qualified under such Act or exempt from regulation thereunder. Section 405 Reinstatement If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money from any deposit under Section 403 or 404 in accordance with Section 402(a) with respect to the Securities of the series entitled thereto by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company's obligations under this Indenture and such Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 403 or 404 with respect to such Securities until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all money held in trust pursuant to Section 402(a) with respect to such Securities in accordance with Section 402(a); provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of principal of or any interest on any such Security following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money so held in trust. 28 ARTICLE FIVE REMEDIES Section 501 Events of Default "Event of Default", wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any series, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body): (1) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or (2) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) on any Security of that series at its Maturity; or (3) default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of a Security of that series; or (4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or which has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of series of Securities other than that series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or (5) a default under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Principal Subsidiary of the Company having an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of an amount equal to 3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Principal Subsidiary of the Company having an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of an amount equal to 3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default shall constitute a failure to pay any portion of the principal of such indebtedness when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto (which grace period, if such portion of the principal is less than an amount equal to 1% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets in the aggregate, shall be deemed to be no less than 5 days) or shall have resulted in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, without such indebtedness having been discharged, or such acceleration having been rescinded or annulled, within a period of 10 days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25 % in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities a written notice specifying such default and requiring the Company to cause such indebtedness to be discharged or cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or 29 (6) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (7) the commencement by the Company of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company in furtherance of any such action; or (8) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series. Section 502 Acceleration of Maturity, Rescission and Annulment If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal amount (or, if any of the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all of the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) shall become immediately due and payable. At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if (1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (A) all overdue interest on all Securities of that series, (B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and any interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, 30 (C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and (2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. Section 503 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee The Company covenants that if (1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof, the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal and premium and on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated. If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant o: agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy. Section 504 Trustee May File Proof of Claim In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under the Trust Indenture Act in 31 order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607. No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided, however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors' or other similar committee. Section 505 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. Section 506 Application of Money Collected Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or any premium or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 607; and SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest, respectively. Section 507 Limitation on Suits No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series; 32 (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder; (3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or any availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders. Section 508 Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and any premium and (subject to Section 307) any interest on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. Section 509 Restoration of Rights and Remedies If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holder shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holder shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. Section 510 Rights and Remedies Cumulative Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 33 Section 511 Delay or Omission Not Waiver No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. Section 512 Control by Holders The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that (1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, (2) such Holder or Holders provide the Trustee an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense, and (3) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. Section 513 Waiver of Past Defaults The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default (1) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected. Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon. Section 514 Undertaking for Costs In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and may assess cost against any such party litigant, in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act, provided, that neither this Section nor the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Company. 34 Section 515 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. ARTICLE SIX THE TRUSTEE Section 601 Certain Duties and Responsibilities The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be provided by the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section. The Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture with respect to Securities of such series, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee with respect to such series. Section 602 Notice of Defaults If a default occurs hereunder with respect to Securities of any series, the Trustee shall give the Holders of Securities of such series notice of such default as and to the extent provided by the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 501(4) with respect to Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term "default" means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series. Section 603 Certain Rights of Trustee Subject to the provisions of Section 601: (a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; (b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution; 35 (c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate; (d) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon; (e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; (f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books.., records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney; and (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. Section 604 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof. Section 605 May Hold Securities The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 608 and 613, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent. Section 606 Money Held in Trust Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company. 36 Section 607 Compensation and Reimbursement The Company agrees (1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); (2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and (3) to indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending any of them against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section 607 the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on particular Securities. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Article 5, the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law. The obligations of the Company set forth in this Section 607 and any lien arising hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of any Trustee. In the event that the Trustee is also acting as Paying Agent or Transfer Agent and Security Registrar hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6 shall also be afforded to such Paying Agent or Transfer Agent and Security Registrar. Section 608 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture. Section 609 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $25,000,000 and its Corporate Trust Office, or an office or agency thereof, in Dallas, Texas or in The City of New York. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance 37 with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. Section 610 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611. (b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 611 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series. (c) The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company. (d) If at any time: (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 608 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 609 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee with respect to all securities, or (ii) subject to Section 514, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees. (e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 611. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent 38 supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 611, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series. (f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series to all Holders of Securities of such series in the manner provided in Section 106. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. Section 611 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor (a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. (b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the right, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates. 39 (c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section, as the case may be. (d) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article. Section 612 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities. Section 613 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor). Section 614 Appointment of Authenticating Agent The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 306, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $25,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section. Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such 40 corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section. The Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 607. If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form: This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the withinmentioned Indenture. THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A., As Trustee By: ----------------------------------------- As Authenticating Agent By: ----------------------------------------- Authorized Officer ARTICLE SEVEN HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY Section 701 Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee: (a) semi-annually, not later than 15 days after each Regular Record Date for each series of Securities at the time Outstanding, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date (or a date to be determined pursuant to Section 301 for Original Issue Discount Securities); and 41 (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that for so long as the Trustee is the Security Registrar for any Series, no such list need be furnished with respect to such Series. Section 702 Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 701 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished. (b) The rights of the Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act. (c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act. Section 703 Reports by Trustee (a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto within 60 days after July 1 of each year commencing July 1, 1996. (b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee when any Securities are listed on any stock exchange. Section 704 Reports by Company The Company shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission. ARTICLE EIGHT CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE Section 801 Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the Company shall not permit 42 any Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless: (1) in case the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety (for purposes of this Article Eight, a "Successor Company") shall be a corporation, partnership or trust, shall be organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed; (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company or a Principal Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Company or such Principal Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; (3) if, as a result of any such consolidation or merger of such conveyance, transfer or lease, properties or assets of the Company or any Principal Subsidiary of the Company would become subject to a Lien which would not be permitted by this Indenture, the Company or if applicable the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall take such steps as shall be necessary effectively to secure the Securities equally and ratably with (or prior to) all Debt secured by such Lien; and (4) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture complies with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with. Section 802 Successor Substituted Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities. 43 ARTICLE NINE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES Section 901 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes: (1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or (2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all of or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or (3) to add any additional Events of Default; or (4) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in bearer form, registrable or not registrable as to principal, and with or without interest coupons, or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form; or (5) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination (i) shall neither (A) apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (B) modify the rights of the Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (ii) shall become effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding; or (6) to secure the Securities pursuant to the requirements of Section 1007 or otherwise; or (7) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Section 201 and 301; or (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 611(b); or (9) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided that such action pursuant to this clause (9) shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect. Section 902 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders 44 With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby, (1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of -an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date), or (2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or (3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or Section 1010, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby, provided, however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to "the Trustee" and concomitant changes in this Section and Section 1010, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 611(b) and 901(8). A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provisions, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series. It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof. Section 903 Execution of Supplement Indentures In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Article 6) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 45 Section 904 Effect of Supplemental Indentures Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby. Section 905 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act. Section 906 Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series. ARTICLE TEN COVENANTS Section 1001 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture. Section 1002 Maintenance of Office or Agency The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 46 Section 1003 Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium and interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. The Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (ii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of that series) in the mailing of any payment in respect of the Securities of that series, and upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Securities of that series. The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. Section 1004 Existence Subject to Article Eight, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 47 Section 1005 Maintenance of Properties The Company will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Principal Subsidiary of the Company to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Principal Subsidiary of the Company and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. Section 1006 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings. Section 1007 Limitation on Liens (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Principal Subsidiary of the Company to, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any Principal Property, or upon any shares of stock of any Principal Subsidiary of the Company (whether such Principal Property or shares are now owned or hereafter acquired), to secure any Debt without making, or causing such Principal Subsidiary to make, effective provision for securing the Securities (and no other indebtedness of the Company or any Principal Subsidiary of the Company except, if the Company shall so determine, any other indebtedness of the Company which is not subordinate in right of payment to the Securities or of such Principal Subsidiary) (x) equally and ratably with such Debt as to such Principal Property or shares for as long as such Debt shall be so secured unless (y) such Debt is Debt of the Company which is subordinate in right of payment to the Securities, in which case prior to such Debt as to such Principal Property or shares for as long as such Debt shall be so secured. The foregoing restrictions will not apply to Liens existing at the date of this Indenture or to: (i) Liens securing only the Securities; (ii) Liens in favor of only the Company; (iii) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Principal Subsidiary of the Company (but only to the extent such Liens cover such property); (iv) Liens on property existing immediately prior to the time of acquisition thereof (and not in anticipation of the financing of such acquisition); 48 (v) any Lien upon a Principal Property (including any property that becomes a Principal Property after acquisition thereof) to secure Debt incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of construction or improvement of the property subject to such Lien; provided, however, that (A) the principal amount of any Debt secured by such Lien (1) does not exceed 100% of such purchase price or cost and (2) is incurred not later than six months after such purchase or the completion of such construction or improvement, whichever is later, and (B) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other property other than such item of property and any improvements on such item; (vi) Liens to secure Debt incurred to extend, renew, refinance or refund (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, Debt secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing Clauses (i) to (v) as long as such Lien does not extend to any other property and the original amount of the Debt so secured in not increased; and (vii) any Lien securing Debt owing by the Company to a wholly owned Principal Subsidiary of the Company (provided that such Debt is at all times held by a person which is a wholly owned Principal Subsidiary of the Company); provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 1007 and 1008 hereof, upon either (A) the transfer or other disposition of a Debt secured by a Lien so permitted to a Person other than the Company or another wholly owned Principal Subsidiary of the Company or (B) the issuance, sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of shares of capital stock of any such wholly owned Principal Subsidiary to a Person other than the Company or another wholly owned Principal Subsidiary of the Company, the provisions of this Clause (vii) shall no longer be applicable to such Lien and such Lien shall be subject (if otherwise subject) to the requirements of this Section 1007 without regard to this Clause (vii). (b) In addition to the foregoing, the Company and its Principal Subsidiaries may incur and suffer to exist a Lien to secure any Debt or enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the Securities if, after giving effect thereto, the sum of (i) the principal amount of Debt secured by all Liens incurred after the date of this Indenture and otherwise prohibited by this Indenture and (ii) the Attributable Debt of all Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into after the date of this Indenture and otherwise prohibited by this Indenture does not exceed 10% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company. (c) If the Company shall hereafter be required under this Section 1007 to make (or cause to be made) effective provision for securing the Securities, then (i) the Company will promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that this Section 1007 has been complied with and that any instruments executed by the Company or any Principal Subsidiary of the Company in the performance of this Section 1007 shall comply with the requirements hereof, and (ii) the Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into an indenture or agreement supplemental hereto and to take such action, if any, as it may deem advisable to enable it to enforce the rights of the Holders of the Securities as so secured. Section 1008 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Principal Subsidiary of the Company to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (except for a period not exceeding 36 months) unless: (1) The Company or such Principal Subsidiary would be entitled to enter into such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to the provisions of Section 1007(b) hereof without equally and ratably securing the Securities; or 49 (2) The Company or such Principal Subsidiary applies or commits to apply, within 270 days before or after the Sale Transaction pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, an amount equal to the Net Available Proceeds therefrom to any combination of the following: (i) the repayment of Funded Debt, (ii) the purchase of other property which will constitute Principal Property that has an aggregate value of at least the consideration paid therefor or (iii) Capital Expenditures with respect to any Principal Property; provided that the amount to be applied or committed to the repayment of such Funded Debt shall be reduced by (a) the principal amount of any Securities delivered within six months before or after such Sale Transaction to the Trustee for retirement and cancellation, and (b) the principal amount of such Funded Debt as is voluntarily retired by the Company within six months before or after such Sale Transaction (it being understood that no amount so applied or committed and no Securities so delivered or indebtedness so retired may be counted more than once for such purpose); provided, further, that no repayment or retirement referred to in this Clause (2) may be effected by payment at maturity or pursuant to any mandatory sinking fund payment or any mandatory prepayment provision. Section 1009 Statement of Officers as to Default The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers' Certificate, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge. Section 1010 Waiver of Certain Covenants The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 1007 and 1008 with respect to the Securities of any series if before the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect. Section 1011 SEC Reports The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 15 days after it files the same with the Commission, copies of all reports and information (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe), if any, which the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Section 1012 Limitation on Funded Debt of Principal Subsidiaries (a) The Company shall not permit any Principal Subsidiary to incur or assume any Funded Debt if, immediately after the incurrence or assumption of such Funded Debt, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Funded Debt (other than Funded Debt of a Principal Subsidiary to the Company or directly or indirectly wholly owned Subsidiary) of Principal Subsidiaries exceeds thirty percent (30%) of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Principal Subsidiary may incur Funded Debt (i) payable to the Company or to another Principal Subsidiary, (ii) secured by Liens permitted pursuant to Section 1007(a)(i) through (vii), or (iii) to extend, renew or replace Funded Debt of 50 such Principal Subsidiary, provided that the principal amount of the Funded Debt so incurred pursuant to this clause (iii) does not exceed the principal amount of the Funded Debt extended, renewed or replaced thereby immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement plus any premium, accrued and unpaid interest or capitalized interest payable thereon. (b) Any corporation which becomes a Principal Subsidiary after the date hereof shall for all purposes of this Section 1012 be deemed to have created, assumed or incurred at the time it becomes a Principal Subsidiary all Funded Debt of such corporation existing immediately after it becomes a Principal Subsidiary. ARTICLE ELEVEN REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES Section 1101 Applicability of Article Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article. Section 1102 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution or by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all the Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date, of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed and, if applicable, of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers' Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction. Section 1103 Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed If less than all the Securities of any series are to be redeemed (unless all of the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed), the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series. If less than all of the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series and specified tenor not previously called for redemption in accordance with the preceding sentence. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. 51 For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed. Section 1104 Notice of Redemption Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at such Holder's address appearing in the Security Register. All notices of redemption shall state: (1) the Redemption Date, (2) the Redemption Price, (3) if less than all the Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption of any Securities, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed, (4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date, (5) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, and (6) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case. Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Section 1105 Deposit of Redemption Price Prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to-pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date. Section 1106 Securities Payable on Redemption Date Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor 52 Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307. If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and any premium shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security. Section 1107 Securities Redeemed in Pan Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as required by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered. ARTICLE TWELVE SINKING FUNDS Section 1201 Applicability of Article The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series. The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a "mandatory sinking fund payment", and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an "optional sinking fund payment". If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1202. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series. Section 1202 Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities The Company (1) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (2) may apply as a credit Securities of a series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series; provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly. 53 Section 1203 Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1202 and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than 30 and not more than 60 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 1103 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1106 and 1107. This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. ------------------- IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written. COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY By: /s/ Stanley A. Rabin Name: Stanley A. Rabin Title: __________________________ Attest: /s/ David M. Sudbury THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A., AS TRUSTEE By: /s/ C. J. Heinzelmann Name: C. J. Heinzelmann Title: Vice President Attest: 54
EX-5 4 d12154a1exv5.txt LEGAL OPINION OF HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP [HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP LETTERHEAD] EXHIBIT 5 April 22, 2004 Commercial Metals Company 6565 N. MacArthur Blvd., Suite 800 Irving, Texas 75039 Ladies and Gentlemen: We have acted as special counsel to Commercial Metals Company, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), in connection with the public offering of up to $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 5.625% senior notes due 2013 (the "NEW NOTES"). The New Notes are to be issued under an indenture dated as of July 31, 1995, as supplemented by that certain supplemental indenture dated as of November 12, 2003 (collectively with such supplemental indenture, the "INDENTURE"), among the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank (the "TRUSTEE"), pursuant to an exchange offer (the "EXCHANGE OFFER") in exchange for a like principal amount of the Company's issued and outstanding 5.625% senior notes due 2013 (the "OLD NOTES," and collectively with the New Notes, the "NOTES"). The New Notes are being registered pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (as amended or supplemented, the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT") filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of New York, the federal laws of the United States of America and, to the extent relevant to the opinions expressed herein, the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), including applicable provisions of the Delaware constitution and reported judicial decisions. The Indenture and the Notes are governed by the laws of the State of New York. In connection therewith, we have examined and relied upon the original, or copies certified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended; (ii) the Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended; (iii) the minutes and records of the corporate proceedings of the Company with respect to the issuance by the Company of the Notes; (iv) the Registration Statement and all exhibits thereto; (v) the Indenture; (vi) the form of the New Notes; and (vii) such other documents and instruments as we have deemed necessary and advisable for the expression of the opinions contained herein. In making the foregoing examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies thereof and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. As to all questions of fact material to this opinion, where such facts have not been independently established, and as to the content and form of certain minutes, records, resolutions or other documents or writings Commercial Metals Company April 22, 2004 Page 2 of the Company, we have relied, to the extent we have deemed reasonably appropriate, upon representations or certificates of officers of the Company or governmental officials. For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed that the Indenture is valid and binding on the Trustee and enforceable against the Trustee in accordance with its terms. Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that when the New Notes (in the form examined by us) have been duly executed and authenticated (to the extent required) in accordance with the terms of Indenture and have been delivered upon consummation of the Exchange Offer against receipt of the Old Notes surrendered in exchange therefore in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer, the New Notes will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, except as the same may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, rearrangement, liquidation, conservatorship or similar laws of general application now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether or not such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity), concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought, (iii) public policy considerations which may limit the rights of parties to obtain certain remedies, and (iv) the fact that a court may not grant specific performance or any other equitable remedy with respect to enforcement of any provision contained in the New Notes or the Indenture. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer and to the reference to our firm under the caption "Legal Matters" in the prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement. This opinion is rendered solely to you in connection with the above matter. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or relied upon by or furnished to any other person without our prior written consent. Very truly yours, /s/Haynes and Boone, LLP Haynes and Boone, LLP EX-23.A 5 d12154a1exv23wa.txt CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE, LLP EXHIBIT 23a INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement of Commercial Metals Company on Form S-4 of our reports dated November 5, 2003 (November 13, 2003 as to Note 15), appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Commercial Metals Company for the year ended August 31, 2003 and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP Dallas, Texas April 21, 2004 EX-25 6 d12154a1exv25.txt FORM T-1 STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY OF TRUSTEE EXHIBIT 25 ------------------------------------------------------------------ SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D. C. 20549 ------------------------- FORM T-1 STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE ------------------------------------------- CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2) ________ ---------------------------------------- JPMORGAN CHASE BANK (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter) NEW YORK 13-4994650 (State of incorporation (I.R.S. employer if not a national bank) identification No.) 270 PARK AVENUE NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) William H. McDavid General Counsel 270 Park Avenue New York, New York 10017 Tel: (212) 270-2611 (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service) -------------------------------------------- COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter) TEXAS 75-0725338 (State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer incorporation or organization) identification No.) 6565 NORTH MACARTHUR BLVD., SUITE 800 IRVING, TEXAS 75039 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) ---------------------------------------- DEBT SECURITIES (Title of the indenture securities) GENERAL Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee: (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject. New York State Banking Department, State House, Albany, New York 12110. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C., 20551 Federal Reserve Bank of New York, District No. 2, 33 Liberty Street, New York, N.Y. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C., 20429. (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers. Yes. Item 2. Affiliations with the Obligor and Guarantors. If the obligor or any Guarantor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation. None. -2- Item 16. List of Exhibits List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility. 1. A copy of the Restated Organization Certificate of the Trustee dated March 25, 1997 and the Certificate of Amendment dated October 22, 2001 (see Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by The Bear Stearns Companies Inc. on January 17, 2002 (Registration Statement No. 333-76894), which is incorporated by reference). 2. A copy of the Certificate of Authority of the Trustee to Commence Business (see Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by Maxus Energy Corporation on July 27, 1992 (Registration Statement No. 33-50010), which is incorporated by reference). On November 11, 2001 in connection with the merger of The Chase Manhattan Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, the surviving corporation was renamed JPMorgan Chase Bank. 3. None, authorization to exercise corporate trust powers being contained in the documents identified above as Exhibits 1 and 2. 4. A copy of the existing By-Laws of the Trustee (see Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by The Bear Stearns Companies Inc. on January 17, 2002 (Registration Statement No. 333-76894), which is incorporated by reference) 5. Not applicable. 6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act (see Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by Maxus Energy Corporation on July 27, 1992 (Registration Statement No. 33-50010), which is incorporated by reference). On November 11, 2001, in connection with the merger of The Chase Manhattan Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, the surviving corporation was renamed JPMorgan Chase Bank. 7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority. 8. Not applicable. 9. Not applicable. SIGNATURE Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 the Trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York and State of New York, on the 11th day of March, 2004. JPMORGAN CHASE BANK By /s/ William G. Keenan ------------------------------- William G. Keenan Vice President -3- Exhibit 7 to Form T-1 Bank Call Notice RESERVE DISTRICT NO. 2 CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF CONDITION OF JPMorgan Chase Bank of 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017 and Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries, a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business June 30, 2003, in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.
DOLLAR AMOUNTS ASSETS IN MILLIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------- Cash and balances due from depository institutions: Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin ............................................................... $ 22,657 Interest-bearing balances ....................................................... 10,600 Securities: Held to maturity securities .......................................................... 268 Available for sale securities ........................................................ 76,771 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell ............................................................ Federal funds sold in domestic offices .......................................... 3,844 Securities purchased under agreements to resell ................................. 86,290 Loans and lease financing receivables: Loans and leases held for sale .................................................. 31,108 Loans and leases, net of unearned income ........................................ $ 166,046 Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses ....................................... 3,735 Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance ....................................................................... 162,311 Trading Assets ...................................................................... 186,546 Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases) ............................. 6,142 Other real estate owned .............................................................. 133 Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies ............................................................ 696 Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding ..................................................................... 225 Intangible assets Goodwill ..................................................................... 2,201 Other Intangible assets ...................................................... 3,058 Other assets ......................................................................... 68,983 TOTAL ASSETS ......................................................................... $ 661,833 =============
LIABILITIES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- Deposits In domestic offices ............................................................. $ 189,571 Noninterest-bearing ............................................................. $ 82,747 Interest-bearing ................................................................ 106,824 In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries and IBF's .......................................................... 125,990 Noninterest-bearing ............................................................... $ 6,025 Interest-bearing ................................................................ 119,965 Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase: Federal funds purchased in domestic offices ..................................... 4,978 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase .................................. 114,181 Trading liabilities .................................................................. 129,299 Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases) ....................................... 10,186 Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding ............................. 225 Subordinated notes and debentures .................................................... 8,202 Other liabilities .................................................................... 41,452 TOTAL LIABILITIES .................................................................... 624,084 Minority Interest in consolidated subsidiaries ....................................... 104 EQUITY CAPITAL - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus ........................................ 0 Common stock ......................................................................... 1,785 Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)............................. 16,304 Retained earnings .................................................................... 18,426 Accumulated other comprehensive income ............................................... 1,130 Other equity capital components ...................................................... 0 TOTAL EQUITY CAPITAL ................................................................. 37,645 ------------- TOTAL LIABILITIES, MINORITY INTEREST, AND EQUITY CAPITAL ............................. $ 661,833 =============
I, Joseph L. Sclafani, E.V.P. & Controller of the above-named bank, do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief. JOSEPH L. SCLAFANI We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the in- structions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct. WILLIAM B. HARRISON, JR.) HANS W. BECHERER ) FRANK A. BENNACK, JR. )
EX-99.1 7 d12154a1exv99w1.txt FORM OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL EXHIBIT 99.1 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO TENDER FOR EXCHANGE 5.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 CUSIP NO. 201723 AE 3 OF COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER PROSPECTUS DATED ____________, 2004. THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON _________, 2004 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"), UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM "EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE. The Exchange Agent is: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK By Registered or Certified Mail, By Regular Mail or Overnight Delivery After (REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED 4:30 p.m. on the Expiration Date: MAIL RECOMMENDED) JPMorgan Chase Bank JPMorgan Chase Bank ITS Bond Events ITS Bond Events 2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor P. O. Box 2320 Dallas, TX 75201 Dallas, TX 75221 Attention: Frank Ivins By Facsimile Transmission Number (eligible institutions only): (214) 468-6494 Attention: Frank Ivins Confirm by Telephone: (214) 468-6464 DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated ______, 2004 (the "Prospectus") of Commercial Metals Company (the "Company") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "Old Notes"). Recipients of the Prospectus should read the requirements described in such Prospectus with respect to eligibility to participate in the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus. The undersigned hereby tenders the Old Notes described in the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" below pursuant to the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned is the registered owner of all the Old Notes and the undersigned represents that it has received from each beneficial owner of Old Notes ("Beneficial Owners") a duly completed and executed form of "Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner" accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, instructing the undersigned to take the action described in this Letter of Transmittal. This Letter of Transmittal is to be used only by a holder of Old Notes (i) if certificates representing Old Notes are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if delivery of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary"), pursuant to the procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering." If delivery of the Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the Depositary, tenders of the Old Notes may be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by the Depositary's Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP") and the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Tendering Through DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program." In such case, an agent's message may be delivered in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal. An agent's message is a message, transmitted to the Exchange Agent's account at the Depositary and received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the Letter of Transmittal and the Company may enforce this Letter of Transmittal against such participant. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the information set forth in the box entitled "Beneficial Owner(s)" is true and correct. Any Beneficial Owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact such registered holder of Old Notes promptly and instruct such registered holder of Old Notes to tender on behalf of the Beneficial Owner. If such Beneficial Owner wishes to tender on its own behalf, such Beneficial Owner must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such Beneficial Owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of Old Notes. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time and may not be completed prior to the Expiration Date. In order to properly complete this Letter of Transmittal, a holder of Old Notes must (i) complete the box entitled "Description of Old Notes," (ii) if appropriate, check and complete the boxes relating to book-entry transfer, guaranteed delivery, Special Issuance Instructions, Special Delivery Instructions and Beneficial Owner(s), (iii) sign the Letter of Transmittal by completing the box entitled "Sign Here" and (iv) complete the Substitute Form W-9. Each holder of Old Notes should carefully read the detailed instructions below prior to completing the Letter of Transmittal. Holders of Old Notes who desire to tender their Old Notes for exchange and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who are unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." See Instruction 2 of the Instructions beginning on page 9 hereof. Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes for exchange must, at a minimum, complete columns (1), (2), if applicable (see footnote 1 below), and (3) in the box below entitled "Description of Old Notes" and sign the box on page 8 under the words "Sign Here." If only those columns are completed, such holder of Old Notes will have tendered for exchange all Old Notes listed in column (3) below. If the holder of Old Notes wishes to tender for exchange less than all of such Old Notes, column (4) must be completed in full. In such case, such holder of Old Notes should refer to Instruction 5 on page 10. 2 DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES
(1) (2) (3) (4) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TENDERED FOR NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF EXCHANGE (ONLY IF OLD NOTE(S), EXACTLY AS NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON OLD NOTE DIFFERENT AMOUNT CERTIFICATE(S) FOR OLD NOTE OR AS THE NAME OF THE NUMBER(S) FROM COLUMN (3)) PARTICIPANT APPEARS ON THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER (ATTACH AGGREGATE (MUST BE IN FACILITY'S SECURITY POSITION LISTING SIGNED LIST IF PRINCIPAL INTEGRAL MULTIPLES (PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK) NECESSARY)(1) AMOUNT OF $1,000)(2) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Column (2) need not be completed by holders of Old Notes tendering Old Notes for exchange by book-entry transfer. Please check the appropriate box on the next page and provide the requested information. (2) Column (4) need not be completed by holders of Old Notes who wish to tender for exchange the principal amount of Old Notes listed in column (3). Completion of column (4) will indicate that the holder of Old Notes wishes to tender for exchange only the principal amount of Old Notes indicated in column (4). [ ] CHECK HERE IF OLD NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH. [ ] CHECK HERE IF OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE DEPOSITARY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED) ONLY): Name of Tendering Institution: ____________________________________________ Account Number: ___________________________________________________________ Transaction Code Number: __________________________________________________ [ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY): Name of Registered Holder of Old Note(s): _________________________________ Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: _______________________ Window Ticket Number (if available): ______________________________________ Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery: ____________________________ Account Number (if delivered by book-entry transfer): _____________________ 3 ATTENTION BROKER-DEALERS: IMPORTANT NOTICE CONCERNING YOUR ABILITY TO RESELL THE NEW NOTES IF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT DOES NOT RECEIVE ANY LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL FROM BROKER-DEALERS REQUESTING ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF THE NEW NOTES, THE COMPANY INTENDS TO TERMINATE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE CONSUMMATION OR TERMINATION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER. IF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS TERMINATED, YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO USE THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF NEW NOTES AFTER SUCH TIME. [ ] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF NEW NOTES: Name: _____________________________________________________________________ Address: __________________________________________________________________ Telephone No. ( ) If you requested additional copies of the prospectus, YOU MUST MAIL OR SEND A PHOTOCOPY OF THIS PAGE to: By Mail: By Facsimile: Commercial Metals Company or (214) 689-4326 6565 N. MacArthur Blvd, Suite 800 Attn: General Counsel Irving, Texas 75039 Attn: General Counsel DO NOT SEND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE ABOVE ADDRESS AS IT WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID TENDER OF OLD NOTES UNDER THE TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER. CONSULT THE PROSPECTUS FOR PROPER DELIVERY PROCEDURES. 4 SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8) To be completed ONLY (i) if the New Notes issued in exchange for Old Notes (or if certificates for Old Notes not tendered for exchange for New Notes) are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned or (ii) if Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer which are not exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Depositary. Issue to: Name ___________________________________________________________________________ (Please Print) Address ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (Include Zip Code) ________________________________________________________________________________ (Tax Identification or Social Security No.) Credit Old Notes not exchanged and delivered by book-entry transfer to the Depositary account set forth below: ________________________________________________________________________________ (Account Number) SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8) To be completed ONLY if the New Notes issued in exchange for Old Notes (or if certificates for Old Notes not tendered for exchange for New Notes) are to be mailed or delivered (i) to someone other than the undersigned or (ii) to the undersigned at an address other than the address shown below the undersigned's signature. Mail or deliver to: Name ___________________________________________________________________________ (Please Print) Address ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (Include Zip Code) ________________________________________________________________________________ (Tax Identification or Social Security No.) BENEFICIAL OWNER(S)
STATE OF PRINCIPAL RESIDENCE OF EACH BENEFICIAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF OLD NOTES HELD FOR OWNER OF OLD NOTES ACCOUNT OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(S) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If delivery of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the Depositary, then tenders of Old Notes may be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by the Depositary's Automated Tender Offer Program and the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Tendering Through DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program." 5 SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY Ladies and Gentlemen: Pursuant to the offer by Commercial Metals Company (the "Company") upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated , 2004 (the "Prospectus") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "Old Notes"), the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company for exchange the Old Notes indicated above. By executing this Letter of Transmittal and subject to and effective upon acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered for exchange herewith, the undersigned (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Company has fully performed all of its obligations under that certain Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 12, 2003, among the Company and the initial purchasers party thereto, (ii) will have irrevocably sold, assigned and transferred to the Company, all right, title and interest in, to and under all of the Old Notes tendered for exchange hereby, and (iii) hereby appoints JPMorgan Chase Bank (the "Exchange Agent") as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as agent of the Company) of such holder of Old Notes with respect to such Old Notes, with full power of substitution, to (x) deliver certificates representing such Old Notes, or transfer ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained by The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") (together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity), to the Company, (y) present and deliver such Old Notes for transfer on the books of the Company, and (z) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of ownership with respect to such Old Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted to the Exchange Agent in this paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes, and (ii) when such Old Notes are accepted for exchange by the Company, the Company will acquire good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned will, upon receipt, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered for exchange hereby. The undersigned hereby further represents to the Company that (i) the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the New Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer (if not a broker-dealer referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph) is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution of the New Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes, (iii) the undersigned and each person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the New Notes (x) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the New Notes acquired by such person and (y) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation no-action letter (available May 13, 1988) or similar letters, (iv) the undersigned and each person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Commission and (v) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate" of the Company, as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 6 Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in respect of such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. The undersigned acknowledges that, (i) for purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company will be deemed to have accepted for exchange, and to have exchanged, validly tendered Old Notes, if, as and when the Company gives oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent and (ii) any Old Notes tendered by the undersigned and not accepted for exchange will be returned to the undersigned at the address set forth above unless otherwise indicated in the box above entitled "Special Delivery Instructions." The undersigned acknowledges that the Company's acceptance of Old Notes validly tendered for exchange pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer" and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement among the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. Unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions," please return any Old Notes not tendered for exchange in the name(s) of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions," please mail any certificates for Old Notes not tendered or exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's signature(s). In the event that either "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" are completed, please issue the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Old Notes not tendered for exchange or not exchanged to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer any Old Notes from the name of the holder of Old Note(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Old Notes so tendered for exchange or if such transfer would not be in compliance with any transfer restrictions applicable to such Old Note(s). In order to validly tender Old Notes for exchange, holders of Old Notes must complete, execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal. Except as stated in the Prospectus, all authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Except as otherwise stated in the Prospectus, this tender for exchange of Old Notes is irrevocable. 7 SIGN HERE __________________________________________________________________________ (SIGNATURE(S) OF OWNER(S)) Date: , 2004 MUST BE SIGNED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF OLD NOTES EXACTLY AS NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON CERTIFICATE(S) REPRESENTING THE OLD NOTES OR ON A SECURITY POSITION LISTING OR BY PERSON(S) AUTHORIZED TO BECOME REGISTERED OLD NOTE HOLDER(S) BY CERTIFICATES AND DOCUMENTS TRANSMITTED HEREWITH. IF SIGNATURE IS BY TRUSTEES, EXECUTORS, ADMINISTRATORS, GUARDIANS, ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT, OFFICERS OF CORPORATIONS OR OTHERS ACTING IN A FIDUCIARY OR REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION. (SEE INSTRUCTION 6). Name(s): _______________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (PLEASE PRINT) Capacity (Full title): _________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ Address: _______________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (INCLUDE ZIP CODE) Area Code and Telephone No: ____________________________________________________ Tax Identification or Social Security Nos: _____________________________________ PLEASE COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S) (SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 1) Authorized Signature: __________________________________________________________ Dated: _________________________________________________________________________ Name and Title: ________________________________________________________________ (PLEASE PRINT) Name of Firm: __________________________________________________________________ 8 INSTRUCTIONS FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER 1. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. Except as otherwise provided below, all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an institution which is an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of one of the following recognized Signature Guarantee Programs (an "Eligible Institution"): a. The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP) b. The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP) c. The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed (i) if this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered herewith and such registered holder(s) have not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal or (ii) if such Old Notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. IN ALL OTHER CASES, ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION. 2. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OLD NOTES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Old Notes (i) if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer or guaranteed delivery set forth in the sections of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer - - Book Entry Transfer" and "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." Certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes or any confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation"), as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal prior to the Expiration Date. Holders of Old Notes who elect to tender Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver the Letter of Transmittal, Old Notes or other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who are unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may have such tender effected if: (a) such tender is made by or through an Eligible Institution, (b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent has received from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery substantially in the form provided by the Company (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the holder of such Old Notes, the certificate number(s) of such Old Notes and the principal amount of Old Notes tendered for exchange, stating that tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, this Letter of Transmittal (or a manually executed facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, the certificates representing such Old Notes (or a Book-Entry Confirmation), in proper form for transfer, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by such Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (c) a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually executed facsimile thereof) with certificates for all tendered Old Notes, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDER OF OLD NOTES. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW, THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. NEITHER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL NOR ANY OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Old Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof, if applicable), waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Old Notes for exchange. 9 3. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided in the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" above is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the Old Notes being tendered should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto. 4. WITHDRAWALS. A tender of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date by delivery of a written or an ATOP electronic transmission notice of withdrawal to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. To be effective, a notice of withdrawal of Old Notes must (i) specify the name of the person who tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii) be signed by the holder of Old Notes in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee under the Indenture register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender, (iv) specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor, and (v) be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date. Withdrawals of tenders of Old Notes may not be rescinded, and any Old Notes withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, and no New Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration Date. 5. PARTIAL TENDERS. (Not applicable to holders of Old Notes who tender Old Notes by book-entry transfer). Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount. If a tender for exchange is to be made with respect to less than the entire principal amount of any Old Notes, fill in the principal amount of Old Notes which are tendered for exchange in column (4) of the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" on page 3, as more fully described in the footnotes thereto. In case of a partial tender for exchange, new certificate(s), in fully registered form, for the remainder of the principal amount of the Old Notes, will be sent to the holders of Old Notes unless otherwise indicated in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. 6. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, POWERS OF ATTORNEY AND ENDORSEMENTS. (a) The signature(s) of the holder of Old Notes on this Letter of Transmittal must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Old Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. (b) If tendered Old Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal. (c) If any tendered Old Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal and any necessary or required documents as there are different registrations. (d) When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the holder of the Old Notes listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsements of Old Notes or separate powers of attorney are required. If, however, Old Notes not tendered or not accepted are to be issued or returned in the name of a person other than the holder of Old Notes, then the Old Notes transmitted hereby must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney in a form satisfactory to the Company, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the holder of Old Notes appear(s) on the Old Notes. Signatures on such Old Notes or powers of attorney must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution). (e) If this Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority so to act must be submitted. 10 (f) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of Old Notes listed, the Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder of Old Notes appear(s) on the certificates. Signatures on such Old Notes or powers of attorney must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution). 7. TRANSFER TAXES. Except as set forth in this Instruction 7, the Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If issuance of New Notes is to be made to, or Old Notes not tendered for exchange are to be issued or returned in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Old Notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemptions from taxes therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of any transfer taxes payable on account of any such transfer will be imposed on and payable by the tendering holder of Old Notes prior to the issuance of the New Notes. 8. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If the New Notes, or if any Old Notes not tendered for exchange, are to be issued or sent to someone other than the holder of Old Notes or to an address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Holders of Old Notes tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not accepted be credited to such account maintained at the Depositary as such holder of Old Notes may designate. 9. IRREGULARITIES. All questions as to the form of documents and the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Old Notes will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders for exchange of any particular Old Notes that are not in proper form, or the acceptance of which may, in the opinion of the Company (or its counsel), be unlawful. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive any defect, irregularity or condition of tender for exchange with regard to any particular Old Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms of, and conditions to, the Exchange Offer (including the instructions herein) will be final and binding. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with the Exchange Offer must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in Old Notes tendered for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notice. A tender of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until all defects and irregularities with respect to such tender have been cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date. 10. WAIVER OF CONDITION. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, amend or modify any of the specified conditions described under "The Exchange Offer -- Extensions, Delays in Acceptance, Termination or Amendment" in the Prospectus in the case of any Old Notes tendered (except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus). However, the Company will not waive any condition of the Exchange Offer relating to the requirements set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (June 5, 1991) or Sherman & Sterling (July 2, 1993) no-action letters issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission to third parties. 11. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES. If a holder of Old Notes desires to tender Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, but any of such Old Notes has been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, such holder of Old Notes should contact the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal for further instructions. 12. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Requests for information or for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF, IF APPLICABLE) TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES, OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER OR THE NOTICE 11 OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION Under current federal income tax law, a holder of Old Notes whose tendered Old Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides the Company (as payor), through the Exchange Agent, with either (i) such holder's correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9 attached hereto, certifying that the holder is a U.S. person, that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such holder of Old Notes is awaiting a TIN) and that (A) the holder of Old Notes has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (B) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder of Old Notes that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding, or (ii) an adequate basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder of Old Notes is an individual, the TIN is such holder's social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder of Old Notes may be subject to certain penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. Certain holders of Old Notes (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements with respect to interest payments. Exempt holders of Old Notes should indicate their exempt status on Substitute Form W-9. A foreign individual may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting to the Exchange Agent a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, Form W-8ECI or Form W-8IMY, as applicable, (the terms of which the Exchange Agent will provide upon request) signed under penalty of perjury, attesting to the holder's exempt status. See the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the "Guidelines") for additional instructions. If backup withholding applies, the Company is required to withhold 28% of any payment made to the holder of Old Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional federal income tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service. The holder of Old Notes is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Old Notes. If the Old Notes are held in more than one name or are not held in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for additional guidance regarding which number to report. 12 PAYER'S NAME: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK
SUBSTITUTE PART 1 - PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY _____________________ BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW Social Security Number or ______________________________ Employer Identification Number FORM W-9 PART 2 - CERTIFICATION - Under Penalties of Perjury, I certify PART 3 - that: DEPARTMENT OF THE (1) The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer Awaiting TIN [] TREASURY INTERNAL identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be REVENUE SERVICE issued to me); and (2) I am not subject to backup withholding because I am exempt from backup withholding, I have not been notified by the PAYER'S REQUEST FOR Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to TAXPAYER backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all IDENTIFICATION NO. interest or dividends, or the IRS has notified me that I am ("TIN") no longer subject to backup withholding. (3) I am a U.S. person.
CERTIFICATE INSTRUCTIONS - You must cross out item (2) in Part 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS stating that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2). SIGNATURE _________________________________ DATE: __________________________ NAME ___________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS ________________________________________________________________________ CITY _____________________ STATE ___________________ ZIP CODE ________________ NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENT MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECK THE BOX IN PART 3 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9. PAYER'S NAME: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver such an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number with sixty (60) days, 28% of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I provide such a number. Signature: ______________________________________ Date: _______________________ FOR ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR FOR ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EXCHANGE AGENT BY TELEPHONE AT (214) 468-6464 OR BY FACSIMILE AT (214) 468-6494. 13
GRAPHIC 9 d12154a1d1215400.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 d12154a1d1215400.gif M1TE&.#EA@0`Y`/<`````````,P``9@``F0``S```_P`S```S,P`S9@`SF0`S MS``S_P!F``!F,P!F9@!FF0!FS`!F_P"9``"9,P"99@"9F0"9S`"9_P#,``#, M,P#,9@#,F0#,S`#,_P#_``#_,P#_9@#_F0#_S`#__S,``#,`,S,`9C,`F3,` MS#,`_S,S`#,S,S,S9C,SF3,SS#,S_S-F`#-F,S-F9C-FF3-FS#-F_S.9`#.9 M,S.99C.9F3.9S#.9_S/,`#/,,S/,9C/,F3/,S#/,_S/_`#/_,S/_9C/_F3/_ MS#/__V8``&8`,V8`9F8`F68`S&8`_V8S`&8S,V8S9F8SF68SS&8S_V9F`&9F M,V9F9F9FF69FS&9F_V:9`&:9,V:99F:9F6:9S&:9_V;,`&;,,V;,9F;,F6;, MS&;,_V;_`&;_,V;_9F;_F6;_S&;__YD``)D`,YD`9ID`F9D`S)D`_YDS`)DS M,YDS9IDSF9DSS)DS_YEF`)EF,YEF9IEFF9EFS)EF_YF9`)F9,YF99IF9F9F9 MS)F9_YG,`)G,,YG,9IG,F9G,S)G,_YG_`)G_,YG_9IG_F9G_S)G__\P``,P` M,\P`9LP`F.'#."]"AR(\F*(U.:5/EQI4B" M%&$:C#F0IL>"-E'*Q#FS)\^?.X/6]"D4)4V;'(?N//HS)U&C19/>5,IT:=2I M3G5*50H5Z-:$@1K&_*IU*E>R8\WVE(H4J\^T$=VR"CN4;5.N5/'>A&O5:N@/=V_EJ5:3>;I<@:<^K>IP/1=&U9*-_'>!%G17X\J_+6 MJX'WGNLY-./"08_KMOLZ]N;*@(G^!_^M6N-TZIQW7][.'F)NS92!CK^>=[QK MNLMMJR\^F^7M_MY5%MQ20R")^#'9B30-BAB%F MYJ$G7$)P<:=?A--MYQ<5S6HY9:6'8D17V%VH&[=1>A1 M=E9)I2"LD`DCF@@1MY);DY;5W&O^+4:C>F!JF!F>9AZTXXMBB9;E:#8BYMB5 MD/H))J/^>4YW7Z=4+IG>FZK*QB!?H+75JZXG261-*V3"EE*:#SJ7'8ZE=;8? MJO&%N(J>_`69);"5\@JH@JMBFV.8&=K7H[@6CLMA@`OYA=MBL:$+5H441GG@ MJ%6J"&18(NH6F5T2?ALCC@LB.FITHE(Y9+@%/O7=M_J>HE&(SB%:1G6*O`"BFA,B+IK+:E]NST4_<)-*TU418+8[SG)GED MFUN.]C%\X!6';ZAS"3)MVGA26R&XCYHJ:'LA:]P8U!*7:!#^H\,F71"9:B_M M7G4S:@$I?; M^8(+?;5"W>?:!:X>W'0LLKRU'M5#:1$J_08 MN-5O?*3G]S)#/N7+:&%S3.!\H@D0W<]1M$+:6I3VRNI M8T#PG'P`QBJ!P(M22W MD!X61(4%L6;]I"F0.RX/;$A4G9,:-,8QZF25J^PC0B29SCY"3GO#BJ5(0```.S\_ ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----